2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
--- a/common/cmd_net.c
+++ b/common/cmd_net.c
@@ -43,6 +43,18 @@ U_BOOT_CMD(
"[loadAddress] [[hostIPaddr:]bootfilename]"
);
+#if defined(CONFIG_CMD_HTTPD)
+int do_httpd (cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ return NetLoopHttpd();
+}
+
+U_BOOT_CMD(
+ httpd, 1, 1, do_httpd,
+ "httpd\t- start webserver\n", "\n"
+);
+#endif
+
int do_tftpb (cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char *argv[])
{
return netboot_common (TFTP, cmdtp, argc, argv);
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/httpd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#ifndef _UIP_HTTPD_H__
+#define _UIP_HTTPD_H__
+
+void HttpdStart (void);
+void HttpdHandler (void);
+
+/* board specific implementation */
+extern int do_http_upgrade(const unsigned char *data, const ulong size);
+
+#define HTTP_PROGRESS_START 0
+#define HTTP_PROGRESS_TIMEOUT 1
+#define HTTP_PROGRESS_UPLOAD_READY 2
+#define HTTP_PROGRESS_UGRADE_READY 3
+#define HTTP_PROGRESS_UGRADE_FAILED 4
+extern int do_http_progress(const int state);
+
+#endif
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
--- a/include/net.h
+++ b/include/net.h
@@ -383,7 +383,8 @@ extern int NetTimeOffset; /* offset ti
/* Initialize the network adapter */
extern int NetLoop(proto_t);
-
+extern int NetLoopHttpd(void);
+extern void NetSendHttpd(void);
/* Shutdown adapters and cleanup */
extern void NetStop(void);
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
--- a/net/Makefile
+++ b/net/Makefile
@@ -26,6 +26,10 @@ include $(TOPDIR)/config.mk
# CFLAGS += -DDEBUG
LIB = $(obj)libnet.a
+UIPDIR = uip-0.9
+RSADIR = uip-0.9
+$(shell mkdir -p $(obj)$(UIPDIR))
+$(shell mkdir -p $(obj)$(RSADIR))
COBJS-$(CONFIG_CMD_NET) += bootp.o
COBJS-$(CONFIG_CMD_DNS) += dns.o
@@ -36,6 +40,9 @@ COBJS-$(CONFIG_CMD_NET) += rarp.o
COBJS-$(CONFIG_CMD_SNTP) += sntp.o
COBJS-$(CONFIG_CMD_NET) += tftp.o
+COBJS-$(CONFIG_CMD_HTTPD) += httpd.o $(UIPDIR)/fs.o $(UIPDIR)/httpd.o $(UIPDIR)/uip_arp.o $(UIPDIR)/uip_arch.o $(UIPDIR)/uip.o
+COBJS-$(CONFIG_CMD_RSA) += $(RSADIR)/bigint.o $(RSADIR)/base64.o $(RSADIR)/rmd160.o $(RSADIR)/rsa.o
+
COBJS := $(COBJS-y)
SRCS := $(COBJS:.o=.c)
OBJS := $(addprefix $(obj),$(COBJS))
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/httpd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 1994, 1995, 2000 Neil Russell.
+ * (See License)
+ * Copyright 2000, 2001 DENX Software Engineering, Wolfgang Denk, wd@denx.de
+ */
+
+#include <common.h>
+#include <command.h>
+#include <net.h>
+#include "uip-0.9/uipopt.h"
+#include "uip-0.9/uip.h"
+#include "uip-0.9/uip_arp.h"
+
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_CMD_HTTPD)
+
+#define TIMEOUT 5
+
+static int arptimer = 0;
+
+void
+HttpdHandler (void)
+{
+ int i;
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++) {
+ uip_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ NetSendHttpd();
+ }
+ }
+ if(++arptimer == 20) {
+ uip_arp_timer();
+ arptimer = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+HttpdTimeout (void)
+{
+ puts ("T ");
+ NetSetTimeout (TIMEOUT * 1000, HttpdTimeout);
+}
+
+void
+HttpdStart (void)
+{
+ uip_init();
+ httpd_init();
+}
+
+#endif
--- a/net/net.c
+++ b/net/net.c
@@ -95,6 +95,19 @@
#if defined(CONFIG_CMD_DNS)
#include "dns.h"
#endif
+#if defined(CONFIG_CMD_HTTPD)
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "uip-0.9/uipopt.h"
+#include "uip-0.9/uip.h"
+#include "uip-0.9/uip_arp.h"
+static int https_running = 0;
+int httpd_upload_complete = 0;
+unsigned char *httpd_upload_data = 0;
+extern int upload_running;
+void NetReceiveHttpd(volatile uchar * inpkt, int len);
+void NetSendHttpd(void);
+extern int do_reset (cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char *argv[]);
+#endif
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
@@ -1308,6 +1321,13 @@ NetReceive(volatile uchar * inpkt, int l
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
debug("packet received\n");
+#if defined(CONFIG_CMD_HTTPD)
+ if(https_running) {
+ NetReceiveHttpd(inpkt, len);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
NetRxPacket = inpkt;
NetRxPacketLen = len;
et = (Ethernet_t *)inpkt;
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
@@ -1922,3 +1942,162 @@ ushort getenv_VLAN(char *var)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
{
return (string_to_VLAN(getenv(var)));
}
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_CMD_HTTPD)
+
+void
+NetSendHttpd(void)
+{
+ volatile uchar *tmpbuf = NetTxPacket;
+ int i;
+
+ for(i = 0; i < 40 + UIP_LLH_LEN; i++) {
+ tmpbuf[i] = uip_buf[i];
+ }
+
+ for(; i < uip_len; i++) {
+ tmpbuf[i] = uip_appdata[i - 40 - UIP_LLH_LEN];
+ }
+ eth_send(NetTxPacket, uip_len);
+}
+
+#define BUF ((struct uip_eth_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
+
+void
+NetReceiveHttpd(volatile uchar * inpkt, int len)
+{
+ memcpy(uip_buf, inpkt, len);
+ uip_len = len;
+ if(BUF->type == htons(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP)) {
+ uip_arp_ipin();
+ uip_input();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ NetSendHttpd();
+ }
+ } else if(BUF->type == htons(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP)) {
+ uip_arp_arpin();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ NetSendHttpd();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+int
+NetLoopHttpd(void)
+{
+ unsigned long long tout = 0;
+ bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
+ unsigned short int ip[2];
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_NET_MULTI
+ NetRestarted = 0;
+ NetDevExists = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* XXX problem with bss workaround */
+ NetArpWaitPacketMAC = NULL;
+ NetArpWaitTxPacket = NULL;
+ NetArpWaitPacketIP = 0;
+ NetArpWaitReplyIP = 0;
+ NetArpWaitTxPacket = NULL;
+ NetTxPacket = NULL;
+ NetTryCount = 1;
+
+ if (!NetTxPacket) {
+ int i;
+ /*
+ * Setup packet buffers, aligned correctly.
+ */
+ NetTxPacket = &PktBuf[0] + (PKTALIGN - 1);
+ NetTxPacket -= (ulong)NetTxPacket % PKTALIGN;
+ for (i = 0; i < PKTBUFSRX; i++) {
+ NetRxPackets[i] = NetTxPacket + (i+1)*PKTSIZE_ALIGN;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!NetArpWaitTxPacket) {
+ NetArpWaitTxPacket = &NetArpWaitPacketBuf[0] + (PKTALIGN - 1);
+ NetArpWaitTxPacket -= (ulong)NetArpWaitTxPacket % PKTALIGN;
+ NetArpWaitTxPacketSize = 0;
+ }
+
2010-03-30 19:17:38 +03:00
+restart:
+
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ eth_halt();
+#ifdef CONFIG_NET_MULTI
+ eth_set_current();
+#endif
+ if (eth_init(bd) < 0) {
+ eth_halt();
+ return(-1);
+ }
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_NET_MULTI
+ memcpy (NetOurEther, eth_get_dev()->enetaddr, 6);
+#else
+ eth_getenv_enetaddr("ethaddr", NetOurEther);
+#endif
+
+ NetCopyIP(&NetOurIP, &bd->bi_ip_addr);
+ NetOurGatewayIP = getenv_IPaddr ("gatewayip");
+ NetOurSubnetMask= getenv_IPaddr ("netmask");
+ NetOurVLAN = getenv_VLAN("vlan");
+ NetOurNativeVLAN = getenv_VLAN("nvlan");
+
+ printf("starting httpd server from server %ld.%ld.%ld.%ld\n",
+ (bd->bi_ip_addr & 0xff000000) >> 24,
+ (bd->bi_ip_addr & 0x00ff0000) >> 16,
+ (bd->bi_ip_addr & 0x0000ff00) >> 8,
+ (bd->bi_ip_addr & 0x000000ff));
+
+ HttpdStart();
+
+ ip[0] = ((bd->bi_ip_addr & 0xffff0000) >> 16);
+ ip[1] = (bd->bi_ip_addr & 0x0000ffff);
+ uip_sethostaddr(ip);
+
+ do_http_progress(HTTP_PROGRESS_START);
+
+ https_running = 1;
+ for (;;) {
+ unsigned long long t1;
+ WATCHDOG_RESET();
+ if(eth_rx() > 0) {
+ HttpdHandler();
+ } else {
+ t1 = get_ticks();
+ if(t1 - tout > 1000) {
+ do_http_progress(HTTP_PROGRESS_TIMEOUT);
+ tout = t1;
+ }
+ }
+ if(!httpd_upload_complete)
+ continue;
+ printf("Bytes transferred = %ld (%lx hex)\n",
+ NetBootFileXferSize,
+ NetBootFileXferSize);
+ eth_halt();
+ do_http_progress(HTTP_PROGRESS_UPLOAD_READY);
+ if(do_http_upgrade(&httpd_upload_data[0], NetBootFileXferSize) == 0) {
+ do_http_progress(HTTP_PROGRESS_UGRADE_READY);
+ udelay(1000 * 10);
+ do_reset (0,0,0,0);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ https_running = 0;
+ NetBootFileXferSize = 0;
+ httpd_upload_complete = 0;
+ upload_running = 0;
+// free(httpd_upload_data);
+
+ do_http_progress(HTTP_PROGRESS_UGRADE_FAILED);
+
+ goto restart;
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+++ b/net/rsa/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#
+# FONRSA & FONSIGN libraries unit testing
+#
+# This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
+#
+# Execute in this directory
+#
+# Created: 20070422 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
+#
+# $Id: Makefile 389 2007-06-11 08:29:56Z pablo.martin $
+#
+# FIXME: Put this in the main Makefile.am
+#
+all: fonsign dump_key
+
+fonsign:
+ gcc -g sign_openssl.c -D__MAINTEST__ -o fonsign -lssl
+
+dump_key:
+ gcc -o dump_key dump_key.c
+ ./dump_key > public_key.h
+
+foncheckrsa:
+ gcc -g bigint.c fonrsa.c rmd160.c foncheckrsa.c base64.c log.c -o foncheckrsa
+
+#private_fon_rsa_key.pem:
+# openssl genrsa -out private_fon_rsa_key.pem 4096
+# openssl rsa -in private_fon_rsa_key.pem -pubout -out public_fon_rsa_key.pem
+
+clean:
+ rm fonsign dump_key
--- /dev/null
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+++ b/net/rsa/base64.c
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+#include "base64.h"
+
+static const char cb64[]="ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
+/* Note that '=' (padding) is 0 */
+static const unsigned char fb64[256] = {
+ 255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
+ 255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
+ 255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255, 62,255,255,255, 63,
+ 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61,255,255,255, 0,255,255,
+ 255, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
+ 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,255,255,255,255,255,
+ 255, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40,
+ 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51,255,255,255,255,255,
+ 255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
+ 255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
+ 255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
+ 255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
+ 255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
+ 255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
+ 255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
+ 255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
+};
+
+static int encodeblock( unsigned char *in, char *out, int len )
+{
+ char s[3];
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ s[i] = in[i];
+ for (i = len; i < 3; i++)
+ s[i] = 0;
+ out[0] = (unsigned char)(cb64[(s[0] & 0xfc) >> 2 ]);
+ out[1] = (unsigned char)(cb64[((s[0] & 0x03) << 4) | ((s[1] & 0xf0) >> 4) ]);
+ out[2] = (unsigned char)(cb64[((s[1] & 0x0f) << 2) | ((s[2] & 0xc0) >> 6) ]);
+ out[3] = (unsigned char)(cb64[s[2] & 0x3f ]);
+ switch (len) {
+ case 1:
+ out[3] = '=';
+ case 2:
+ out[2] = '=';
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return 4;
+}
+
+static int decodeblock(char *ins, unsigned char *out, int len)
+{
+ int i;
+ unsigned char in[4];
+ int skip = 0;
+
+ if (len != 4)
+ return -1;
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+ if (ins[i] == '=') {
+ in[i] = 0;
+ skip++;
+ } else
+ in[i] = fb64[(int)(ins[i])];
+ if (in[i] == 255) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+ out[0] = (unsigned char ) (in[0] << 2 | in[1] >> 4);
+ if (skip == 2) {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ out[1] = (unsigned char )((in[1] & 0x0f) << 4 | in[2] >> 2);
+ if (skip == 1) {
+ return 2;
+ }
+ out[2] = (unsigned char ) (((in[2] << 6) & 0xc0) | in[3]);
+
+ return 3;
+}
+
+int B64_encode(char *source, char *destination, int size_source, int size_destination)
+{
+ int chunks, reminder, size, d, i, size_expected;
+ char *s;
+ unsigned char *t;
+
+ chunks = size_source / 3;
+ reminder = size_source % 3;
+ size = 0;
+ size_expected = (chunks * 4) + (reminder?(reminder + 1):0);
+ if (size_destination < ((chunks * 4) + (reminder?4:0))) {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < chunks; i++) {
+ s = source + (i * 3);
+ t = destination + (i * 4);
+ d = encodeblock(s, t, 3);
+ if (d == -1) {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ size += d;
+ }
+ if (reminder) {
+ d = encodeblock(source + (chunks * 3), destination + (chunks * 4), reminder);
+ if (d == -1) {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ size += d;
+ }
+ return size;
+}
+
+int B64_decode(char *source, char *destination, int size_source, int size_destination)
+{
+ int chunks, reminder, size, d, i;
+
+ chunks = size_source / 4;
+ reminder = size_source % 4;
+ size = 0;
+ if (reminder) {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (size_destination < ((chunks * 3))) {
+ printf("%d, %d\n",
+ size_destination, ((chunks * 3) + reminder));
+ return -1;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < chunks; i++) {
+ d = decodeblock(source + (i * 4), destination + (i * 3), 4);
+ if (d == -1) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+ size += d;
+ }
+ return size;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/base64.h
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#ifndef _BASE64_H_
+#define _BASE64_H_
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+int B64_encode(char *source, char *destination, int size_source, int size_destination);
+int B64_decode(char *source, char *destination, int size_source, int size_destination);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/bigint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,906 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright(C) 2006
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup bigint_api Big Integer API
+ * @brief The bigint implementation as used by the axTLS project.
+ *
+ * The bigint library is for RSA encryption/decryption as well as signing.
+ * This code tries to minimise use of malloc/free by maintaining a small
+ * cache. A bigint context may maintain state by being made "permanent".
+ * It be be later released with a bi_depermanent() and bi_free() call.
+ *
+ * It supports the following reduction techniques:
+ * - Classical
+ * - Barrett
+ * - Montgomery
+ *
+ * It also implements the following:
+ * - Karatsuba multiplication
+ * - Squaring
+ * - Sliding window exponentiation
+ * - Chinese Remainder Theorem (implemented in rsa.c).
+ *
+ * All the algorithms used are pretty standard, and designed for different
+ * data bus sizes. Negative numbers are not dealt with at all, so a subtraction
+ * may need to be tested for negativity.
+ *
+ * This library steals some ideas from Jef Poskanzer
+ * <http://cs.marlboro.edu/term/cs-fall02/algorithms/crypto/RSA/bigint>
+ * and GMP <http://www.swox.com/gmp>. It gets most of its implementation
+ * detail from "The Handbook of Applied Cryptography"
+ * <http://www.cacr.math.uwaterloo.ca/hac/about/chap14.pdf>
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "bigint.h"
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include "div64.h"
+
+static bigint *bi_int_multiply(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi, comp i);
+static bigint *bi_int_divide(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *biR, comp denom);
+static bigint *alloc(BI_CTX *ctx, int size);
+static bigint *trim(bigint *bi);
+static void more_comps(bigint *bi, int n);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start a new bigint context.
+ * @return A bigint context.
+ */
+BI_CTX *bi_initialize(void)
+{
+ BI_CTX *ctx = (BI_CTX *)calloc(1, sizeof(BI_CTX));
+
+ ctx->active_list = NULL;
+ ctx->active_count = 0;
+ ctx->free_list = NULL;
+ ctx->free_count = 0;
+ ctx->mod_offset = 0;
+
+ /* the radix */
+ ctx->bi_radix = alloc(ctx, 2);
+ ctx->bi_radix->comps[0] = 0;
+ ctx->bi_radix->comps[1] = 1;
+ bi_permanent(ctx->bi_radix);
+
+ return ctx;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Close the bigint context and free any resources.
+ *
+ * Free up any used memory - a check is done if all objects were not
+ * properly freed.
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ */
+void bi_terminate(BI_CTX *ctx)
+{
+ bigint *p, *pn;
+
+ bi_depermanent(ctx->bi_radix);
+ bi_free(ctx, ctx->bi_radix);
+
+ if (ctx->active_count != 0)
+ {
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (p = ctx->free_list; p != NULL; p = pn)
+ {
+ pn = p->next;
+ free(p->comps);
+ free(p);
+ }
+
+ free(ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Increment the number of references to this object.
+ * It does not do a full copy.
+ * @param bi [in] The bigint to copy.
+ * @return A referent to the same bigint.
+ */
+bigint *bi_copy(bigint *bi)
+{
+ check(bi);
+ if (bi->refs != PERMANENT)
+ bi->refs++;
+ return bi;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Simply make a bigint object "unfreeable" if bi_free() is called on it.
+ *
+ * For this object to be freed, bi_depermanent() must be called.
+ * @param bi [in] The bigint to be made permanent.
+ */
+void bi_permanent(bigint *bi)
+{
+ check(bi);
+ if (bi->refs != 1)
+ {
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ bi->refs = PERMANENT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Take a permanent object and make it elligible for freedom.
+ * @param bi [in] The bigint to be made back to temporary.
+ */
+void bi_depermanent(bigint *bi)
+{
+ check(bi);
+ if (bi->refs != PERMANENT)
+ {
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ bi->refs = 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Free a bigint object so it can be used again.
+ *
+ * The memory itself it not actually freed, just tagged as being available
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ * @param bi [in] The bigint to be freed.
+ */
+void bi_free(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi)
+{
+ check(bi);
+ if (bi->refs == PERMANENT)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (--bi->refs > 0)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ bi->next = ctx->free_list;
+ ctx->free_list = bi;
+ ctx->free_count++;
+
+ if (--ctx->active_count < 0)
+ {
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Convert an (unsigned) integer into a bigint.
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ * @param i [in] The (unsigned) integer to be converted.
+ *
+ */
+bigint *int_to_bi(BI_CTX *ctx, comp i)
+{
+ bigint *biR = alloc(ctx, 1);
+ biR->comps[0] = i;
+ return biR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Do a full copy of the bigint object.
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ * @param bi [in] The bigint object to be copied.
+ */
+bigint *bi_clone(BI_CTX *ctx, const bigint *bi)
+{
+ bigint *biR = alloc(ctx, bi->size);
+ check(bi);
+ memcpy(biR->comps, bi->comps, bi->size*COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
+ return biR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Perform an additon operation between two bigints.
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ * @param bia [in] A bigint.
+ * @param bib [in] Another bigint.
+ * @return The result of the addition.
+ */
+bigint *bi_add(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, bigint *bib)
+{
+ int n;
+ comp carry = 0;
+ comp *pa, *pb;
+
+ check(bia);
+ check(bib);
+
+ if (bia->size > bib->size)
+ n = bia->size;
+ else
+ n = bib->size;
+ more_comps(bia, n+1);
+ more_comps(bib, n);
+ pa = bia->comps;
+ pb = bib->comps;
+
+ do
+ {
+ comp sl, rl, cy1;
+ sl = *pa + *pb++;
+ rl = sl + carry;
+ cy1 = sl < *pa;
+ carry = cy1 | (rl < sl);
+ *pa++ = rl;
+ } while (--n != 0);
+
+ *pa = carry; /* do overflow */
+ bi_free(ctx, bib);
+ return trim(bia);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Perform a subtraction operation between two bigints.
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ * @param bia [in] A bigint.
+ * @param bib [in] Another bigint.
+ * @param is_negative [out] If defined, indicates that the result was negative.
+ * is_negative may be NULL.
+ * @return The result of the subtraction. The result is always positive.
+ */
+bigint *bi_subtract(BI_CTX *ctx,
+ bigint *bia, bigint *bib, int *is_negative)
+{
+ int n = bia->size;
+ comp *pa, *pb, carry = 0;
+
+ check(bia);
+ check(bib);
+
+ more_comps(bib, n);
+ pa = bia->comps;
+ pb = bib->comps;
+
+ do
+ {
+ comp sl, rl, cy1;
+ sl = *pa - *pb++;
+ rl = sl - carry;
+ cy1 = sl > *pa;
+ carry = cy1 | (rl > sl);
+ *pa++ = rl;
+ } while (--n != 0);
+
+ if (is_negative) /* indicate a negative result */
+ {
+ *is_negative = carry;
+ }
+
+ bi_free(ctx, trim(bib)); /* put bib back to the way it was */
+ return trim(bia);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Perform a multiply between a bigint an an (unsigned) integer
+ */
+static bigint *bi_int_multiply(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, comp b)
+{
+ int j = 0, n = bia->size;
+ bigint *biR = alloc(ctx, n + 1);
+ comp carry = 0;
+ comp *r = biR->comps;
+ comp *a = bia->comps;
+
+ check(bia);
+
+ /* clear things to start with */
+ memset(r, 0, ((n+1)*COMP_BYTE_SIZE));
+
+ do
+ {
+ long_comp tmp = *r + (long_comp)a[j]*b + carry;
+ *r++ = (comp)tmp; /* downsize */
+ carry = (comp)(tmp >> COMP_BIT_SIZE);
+ } while (++j < n);
+
+ *r = carry;
+ bi_free(ctx, bia);
+ return trim(biR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Does both division and modulo calculations.
+ *
+ * Used extensively when doing classical reduction.
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ * @param u [in] A bigint which is the numerator.
+ * @param v [in] Either the denominator or the modulus depending on the mode.
+ * @param is_mod [n] Determines if this is a normal division (0) or a reduction
+ * (1).
+ * @return The result of the division/reduction.
+ */
+bigint *bi_divide(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *u, bigint *v, int is_mod)
+{
+ int n = v->size, m = u->size-n;
+ int j = 0, orig_u_size = u->size;
+ uint8_t mod_offset = ctx->mod_offset;
+ comp d;
+ bigint *quotient, *tmp_u;
+ comp q_dash;
+
+ check(u);
+ check(v);
+
+ /* if doing reduction and we are < mod, then return mod */
+ if (is_mod && bi_compare(v, u) > 0)
+ {
+ bi_free(ctx, v);
+ return u;
+ }
+
+ quotient = alloc(ctx, m+1);
+ tmp_u = alloc(ctx, n+1);
+ v = trim(v); /* make sure we have no leading 0's */
+ // d = (comp)((long_comp)COMP_RADIX/(V1+1));
+ long_comp x = COMP_RADIX; do_div(x, V1+1); d = x;
+
+ /* clear things to start with */
+ memset(quotient->comps, 0, ((quotient->size)*COMP_BYTE_SIZE));
+
+ /* normalise */
+ if (d > 1)
+ {
+ u = bi_int_multiply(ctx, u, d);
+
+ if (is_mod)
+ {
+ v = ctx->bi_normalised_mod[mod_offset];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ v = bi_int_multiply(ctx, v, d);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (orig_u_size == u->size) /* new digit position u0 */
+ {
+ more_comps(u, orig_u_size + 1);
+ }
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* get a temporary short version of u */
+ memcpy(tmp_u->comps, &u->comps[u->size-n-1-j], (n+1)*COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
+
+ /* calculate q' */
+ if (U(0) == V1)
+ {
+ q_dash = COMP_RADIX-1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ //q_dash = (comp)(((long_comp)U(0)*COMP_RADIX + U(1))/V1);
+ long_comp x = U(0)*COMP_RADIX + U(1); do_div(x, V1); q_dash = x;
+
+ }
+
+ if (v->size > 1 && V2)
+ {
+ /* we are implementing the following
+ if (V2*q_dash > (((U(0)*COMP_RADIX + U(1) -
+ q_dash*V1)*COMP_RADIX) + U(2))) ... */
+ comp inner = (comp)((long_comp)COMP_RADIX*U(0) + U(1) -
+ (long_comp)q_dash*V1);
+ if ((long_comp)V2*q_dash > (long_comp)inner*COMP_RADIX + U(2))
+ {
+ q_dash--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* multiply and subtract */
+ if (q_dash)
+ {
+ int is_negative;
+ tmp_u = bi_subtract(ctx, tmp_u,
+ bi_int_multiply(ctx, bi_copy(v), q_dash), &is_negative);
+ more_comps(tmp_u, n+1);
+
+ Q(j) = q_dash;
+
+ /* add back */
+ if (is_negative)
+ {
+ Q(j)--;
+ tmp_u = bi_add(ctx, tmp_u, bi_copy(v));
+ /* lop off the carry */
+ tmp_u->size--;
+ v->size--;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Q(j) = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* copy back to u */
+ memcpy(&u->comps[u->size-n-1-j], tmp_u->comps, (n+1)*COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
+ } while (++j <= m);
+
+ bi_free(ctx, tmp_u);
+ bi_free(ctx, v);
+
+ if (is_mod) /* get the remainder */
+ {
+ bi_free(ctx, quotient);
+ return bi_int_divide(ctx, trim(u), d);
+ }
+ else /* get the quotient */
+ {
+ bi_free(ctx, u);
+ return trim(quotient);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Perform an integer divide on a bigint.
+ */
+static bigint *bi_int_divide(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *biR, comp denom)
+{
+ int i = biR->size - 1;
+ long_comp r = 0;
+
+ check(biR);
+
+ do
+ {
+ r = (r<<COMP_BIT_SIZE) + biR->comps[i];
+ //biR->comps[i] = (comp)(r / denom);
+ long_comp x = r; do_div(x, denom); biR->comps[i] = x;
+/* while(r > denom)
+ {
+ r -= denom;
+ }*/
+ r%=denom;
+ } while (--i != 0);
+
+ return trim(biR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Allow a binary sequence to be imported as a bigint.
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ * @param data [in] The data to be converted.
+ * @param size [in] The number of bytes of data.
+ * @return A bigint representing this data.
+ */
+bigint *bi_import(BI_CTX *ctx, const uint8_t *data, int size)
+{
+ bigint *biR = alloc(ctx, (size+COMP_BYTE_SIZE-1)/COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
+ int i, j = 0, offset = 0;
+
+ memset(biR->comps, 0, biR->size*COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
+
+ for (i = size-1; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
+ biR->comps[offset] += data[i] << (j*8);
+
+ if (++j == COMP_BYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ j = 0;
+ offset ++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return trim(biR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Take a bigint and convert it into a byte sequence.
+ *
+ * This is useful after a decrypt operation.
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ * @param x [in] The bigint to be converted.
+ * @param data [out] The converted data as a byte stream.
+ * @param size [in] The maximum size of the byte stream. Unused bytes will be
+ * zeroed.
+ */
+void bi_export(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *x, uint8_t *data, int size)
+{
+ int i, j, k = size-1;
+
+ check(x);
+ memset(data, 0, size); /* ensure all leading 0's are cleared */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < x->size; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < COMP_BYTE_SIZE; j++)
+ {
+ comp mask = 0xff << (j*8);
+ int num = (x->comps[i] & mask) >> (j*8);
+ data[k--] = num;
+
+ if (k < 0)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ bi_free(ctx, x);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Pre-calculate some of the expensive steps in reduction.
+ *
+ * This function should only be called once (normally when a session starts).
+ * When the session is over, bi_free_mod() should be called. bi_mod_power()
+ * relies on this function being called.
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ * @param bim [in] The bigint modulus that will be used.
+ * @param mod_offset [in] There are three moduluii that can be stored - the
+ * standard modulus, and it's two primes p and q. This offset refers to which
+ * modulus we are referring to.
+ * @see bi_free_mod(), bi_mod_power().
+ */
+void bi_set_mod(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bim, int mod_offset)
+{
+ int k = bim->size;
+ comp d;
+// comp d = (comp)((long_comp)COMP_RADIX/(bim->comps[k-1]+1));
+ long_comp x = COMP_RADIX; do_div(x, bim->comps[k-1]+1); d = x;
+
+ ctx->bi_mod[mod_offset] = bim;
+ bi_permanent(ctx->bi_mod[mod_offset]);
+ ctx->bi_normalised_mod[mod_offset] = bi_int_multiply(ctx, bim, d);
+ bi_permanent(ctx->bi_normalised_mod[mod_offset]);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Used when cleaning various bigints at the end of a session.
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ * @param mod_offset [in] The offset to use.
+ * @see bi_set_mod().
+ */
+void bi_free_mod(BI_CTX *ctx, int mod_offset)
+{
+ bi_depermanent(ctx->bi_mod[mod_offset]);
+ bi_free(ctx, ctx->bi_mod[mod_offset]);
+ bi_depermanent(ctx->bi_normalised_mod[mod_offset]);
+ bi_free(ctx, ctx->bi_normalised_mod[mod_offset]);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Perform a standard multiplication between two bigints.
+ */
+static bigint *regular_multiply(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, bigint *bib)
+{
+ int i, j, i_plus_j, n = bia->size, t = bib->size;
+ bigint *biR = alloc(ctx, n + t);
+ comp *sr = biR->comps;
+ comp *sa = bia->comps;
+ comp *sb = bib->comps;
+
+ check(bia);
+ check(bib);
+
+ /* clear things to start with */
+ memset(biR->comps, 0, ((n+t)*COMP_BYTE_SIZE));
+ i = 0;
+
+ do
+ {
+ comp carry = 0;
+ comp b = *sb++;
+ i_plus_j = i;
+ j = 0;
+
+ do
+ {
+ long_comp tmp = sr[i_plus_j] + (long_comp)sa[j]*b + carry;
+ sr[i_plus_j++] = (comp)tmp; /* downsize */
+ carry = (comp)(tmp >> COMP_BIT_SIZE);
+ } while (++j < n);
+
+ sr[i_plus_j] = carry;
+ } while (++i < t);
+
+ bi_free(ctx, bia);
+ bi_free(ctx, bib);
+ return trim(biR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Perform a multiplication operation between two bigints.
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ * @param bia [in] A bigint.
+ * @param bib [in] Another bigint.
+ * @return The result of the multiplication.
+ */
+bigint *bi_multiply(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, bigint *bib)
+{
+ check(bia);
+ check(bib);
+
+ return regular_multiply(ctx, bia, bib);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Compare two bigints.
+ * @param bia [in] A bigint.
+ * @param bib [in] Another bigint.
+ * @return -1 if smaller, 1 if larger and 0 if equal.
+ */
+int bi_compare(bigint *bia, bigint *bib)
+{
+ int r, i;
+
+ check(bia);
+ check(bib);
+
+ if (bia->size > bib->size)
+ r = 1;
+ else if (bia->size < bib->size)
+ r = -1;
+ else
+ {
+ comp *a = bia->comps;
+ comp *b = bib->comps;
+
+ /* Same number of components. Compare starting from the high end
+ * and working down. */
+ r = 0;
+ i = bia->size - 1;
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (a[i] > b[i])
+ {
+ r = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (a[i] < b[i])
+ {
+ r = -1;
+ break;
+ }
+ } while (--i >= 0);
+ }
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and zero more components. Does not consume bi.
+ */
+static void more_comps(bigint *bi, int n)
+{
+ if (n > bi->max_comps)
+ {
+ if ((bi->max_comps * 2) > n) {
+ bi->max_comps = bi->max_comps * 2;
+ } else {
+ bi->max_comps = n;
+ }
+ bi->comps = (comp*)realloc(bi->comps, bi->max_comps * COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
+ }
+
+ if (n > bi->size)
+ {
+ memset(&bi->comps[bi->size], 0, (n-bi->size)*COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
+ }
+
+ bi->size = n;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Make a new empty bigint. It may just use an old one if one is available.
+ * Otherwise get one of the heap.
+ */
+static bigint *alloc(BI_CTX *ctx, int size)
+{
+ bigint *biR;
+
+ /* Can we recycle an old bigint? */
+ if (ctx->free_list != NULL)
+ {
+ biR = ctx->free_list;
+ ctx->free_list = biR->next;
+ ctx->free_count--;
+ if (biR->refs != 0)
+ {
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ more_comps(biR, size);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No free bigints available - create a new one. */
+ biR = (bigint *)malloc(sizeof(bigint));
+ biR->comps = (comp*) malloc(size * COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
+ biR->max_comps = size; /* give some space to spare */
+ }
+
+ biR->size = size;
+ biR->refs = 1;
+ biR->next = NULL;
+ ctx->active_count++;
+ return biR;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Work out the highest '1' bit in an exponent. Used when doing sliding-window
+ * exponentiation.
+ */
+static int find_max_exp_index(bigint *biexp)
+{
+ int i = COMP_BIT_SIZE-1;
+ comp shift = COMP_RADIX/2;
+ comp test = biexp->comps[biexp->size-1]; /* assume no leading zeroes */
+
+ check(biexp);
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (test & shift)
+ {
+ return i+(biexp->size-1)*COMP_BIT_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ shift >>= 1;
+ } while (--i != 0);
+
+ return -1; /* error - must have been a leading 0 */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Is a particular bit is an exponent 1 or 0? Used when doing sliding-window
+ * exponentiation.
+ */
+static int exp_bit_is_one(bigint *biexp, int offset)
+{
+ comp test = biexp->comps[offset / COMP_BIT_SIZE];
+ int num_shifts = offset % COMP_BIT_SIZE;
+ comp shift = 1;
+ int i;
+
+ check(biexp);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_shifts; i++)
+ {
+ shift <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return test & shift;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Delete any leading 0's (and allow for 0).
+ */
+static bigint *trim(bigint *bi)
+{
+ check(bi);
+
+ while (bi->comps[bi->size-1] == 0 && bi->size > 1)
+ {
+ bi->size--;
+ }
+
+ return bi;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Perform a modular exponentiation.
+ *
+ * This function requires bi_set_mod() to have been called previously. This is
+ * one of the optimisations used for performance.
+ * @param ctx [in] The bigint session context.
+ * @param bi [in] The bigint on which to perform the mod power operation.
+ * @param biexp [in] The bigint exponent.
+ * @see bi_set_mod().
+ */
+bigint *bi_mod_power(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi, bigint *biexp)
+{
+ int i = find_max_exp_index(biexp), j, window_size = 1;
+ bigint *biR = int_to_bi(ctx, 1);
+
+ check(bi);
+ check(biexp);
+
+ ctx->g = (bigint **)malloc(sizeof(bigint *));
+ ctx->g[0] = bi_clone(ctx, bi);
+ ctx->window = 1;
+ bi_permanent(ctx->g[0]);
+
+ /* if sliding-window is off, then only one bit will be done at a time and
+ * will reduce to standard left-to-right exponentiation */
+ do
+ {
+ if (exp_bit_is_one(biexp, i))
+ {
+ int l = i-window_size+1;
+ int part_exp = 0;
+
+ if (l < 0) /* LSB of exponent will always be 1 */
+ {
+ l = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (exp_bit_is_one(biexp, l) == 0)
+ {
+ l++; /* go back up */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* build up the section of the exponent */
+ for (j = i; j >= l; j--)
+ {
+ biR = bi_residue(ctx, bi_square(ctx, biR));
+ if (exp_bit_is_one(biexp, j))
+ part_exp++;
+
+ if (j != l)
+ part_exp <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ part_exp = (part_exp-1)/2; /* adjust for array */
+ biR = bi_residue(ctx,
+ bi_multiply(ctx, biR, ctx->g[part_exp]));
+ i = l-1;
+ }
+ else /* square it */
+ {
+ biR = bi_residue(ctx, bi_square(ctx, biR));
+ i--;
+ }
+ } while (i >= 0);
+
+ /* cleanup */
+ for (i = 0; i < ctx->window; i++)
+ {
+ bi_depermanent(ctx->g[i]);
+ bi_free(ctx, ctx->g[i]);
+ }
+
+ free(ctx->g);
+ bi_free(ctx, bi);
+ bi_free(ctx, biexp);
+ return biR;
+}
+
+/** @} */
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/bigint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright(C) 2006
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * Trimmed down from axTLS
+ *
+ * $Id: bigint.h 392 2007-06-25 16:24:51Z pablo.martin $
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef BIGINT_HEADER
+#define BIGINT_HEADER
+
+#define CONFIG_BIGINT_CLASSICAL 1
+
+#define SOCKET_READ(A,B,C) read(A,B,C)
+#define SOCKET_WRITE(A,B,C) write(A,B,C)
+#define SOCKET_CLOSE(A) close(A)
+#define TTY_FLUSH()
+
+#include "bigint_impl.h"
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_BIGINT_CHECK_ON
+#define check(A) /**< disappears in normal production mode */
+#endif
+BI_CTX *bi_initialize(void);
+void bi_terminate(BI_CTX *ctx);
+void bi_permanent(bigint *bi);
+void bi_depermanent(bigint *bi);
+void bi_free(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi);
+bigint *bi_copy(bigint *bi);
+bigint *bi_clone(BI_CTX *ctx, const bigint *bi);
+void bi_export(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi, uint8_t *data, int size);
+bigint *bi_import(BI_CTX *ctx, const uint8_t *data, int len);
+bigint *int_to_bi(BI_CTX *ctx, comp i);
+
+/* the functions that actually do something interesting */
+bigint *bi_add(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, bigint *bib);
+bigint *bi_subtract(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia,
+ bigint *bib, int *is_negative);
+bigint *bi_divide(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, bigint *bim, int is_mod);
+bigint *bi_multiply(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, bigint *bib);
+bigint *bi_mod_power(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi, bigint *biexp);
+bigint *bi_mod_power2(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi, bigint *bim, bigint *biexp);
+int bi_compare(bigint *bia, bigint *bib);
+void bi_set_mod(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bim, int mod_offset);
+void bi_free_mod(BI_CTX *ctx, int mod_offset);
+
+/**
+ * @def bi_mod
+ * Find the residue of B. bi_set_mod() must be called before hand.
+ */
+#define bi_mod(A, B) bi_divide(A, B, ctx->bi_mod[ctx->mod_offset], 1)
+
+#define bi_residue(A, B) bi_mod(A, B)
+
+#define bi_square(A, B) bi_multiply(A, bi_copy(B), B)
+
+#endif
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/bigint_impl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright(C) 2006
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef BIGINT_IMPL_HEADER
+#define BIGINT_IMPL_HEADER
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <common.h>
+
+/* Maintain a number of precomputed variables when doing reduction */
+#define BIGINT_M_OFFSET 0 /**< Normal modulo offset. */
+#ifdef CONFIG_BIGINT_CRT
+#define BIGINT_P_OFFSET 1 /**< p modulo offset. */
+#define BIGINT_Q_OFFSET 2 /**< q module offset. */
+#define BIGINT_NUM_MODS 3 /**< The number of modulus constants used. */
+#else
+#define BIGINT_NUM_MODS 1
+#endif
+
+/* Architecture specific functions for big ints */
+// #ifdef WIN32
+// #define COMP_RADIX 4294967296i64
+// #define COMP_BIG_MSB 0x8000000000000000i64
+// #else
+#define COMP_RADIX 4294967296ULL /**< Max component + 1 */
+#define COMP_BIG_MSB 0x8000000000000000ULL /**< (Max dbl comp + 1)/ 2 */
+//#endif
+#define COMP_BIT_SIZE 32 /**< Number of bits in a component. */
+#define COMP_BYTE_SIZE 4 /**< Number of bytes in a component. */
+#define COMP_NUM_NIBBLES 8 /**< Used For diagnostics only. */
+
+typedef uint32_t comp; /**< A single precision component. */
+typedef uint64_t long_comp; /**< A double precision component. */
+typedef int64_t slong_comp; /**< A signed double precision component. */
+
+/**
+ * @struct _bigint
+ * @brief A big integer basic object
+ */
+struct _bigint
+{
+ struct _bigint* next; /**< The next bigint in the cache. */
+ short size; /**< The number of components in this bigint. */
+ short max_comps; /**< The heapsize allocated for this bigint */
+ int refs; /**< An internal reference count. */
+ comp* comps; /**< A ptr to the actual component data */
+};
+
+typedef struct _bigint bigint; /**< An alias for _bigint */
+
+/**
+ * Maintains the state of the cache, and a number of variables used in
+ * reduction.
+ */
+typedef struct /**< A big integer "session" context. */
+{
+ bigint *active_list; /**< Bigints currently used. */
+ bigint *free_list; /**< Bigints not used. */
+ bigint *bi_radix; /**< The radix used. */
+ bigint *bi_mod[BIGINT_NUM_MODS]; /**< modulus */
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_BIGINT_MONTGOMERY)
+ bigint *bi_RR_mod_m[BIGINT_NUM_MODS]; /**< R^2 mod m */
+ bigint *bi_R_mod_m[BIGINT_NUM_MODS]; /**< R mod m */
+ comp N0_dash[BIGINT_NUM_MODS];
+#elif defined(CONFIG_BIGINT_BARRETT)
+ bigint *bi_mu[BIGINT_NUM_MODS]; /**< Storage for mu */
+#endif
+ bigint *bi_normalised_mod[BIGINT_NUM_MODS]; /**< Normalised mod storage. */
+ bigint **g; /**< Used by sliding-window. */
+ int window; /**< The size of the sliding window */
+
+ int active_count; /**< Number of active bigints. */
+ int free_count; /**< Number of free bigints. */
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_BIGINT_MONTGOMERY
+ uint8_t use_classical; /**< Use classical reduction. */
+#endif
+ uint8_t mod_offset; /**< The mod offset we are using */
+} BI_CTX;
+
+#if 0
+#define max(a,b) ((a)>(b)?(a):(b)) /**< Find the maximum of 2 numbers. */
+#define min(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b)) /**< Find the minimum of 2 numbers. */
+#endif
+
+#define PERMANENT 0x7FFF55AA /**< A magic number for permanents. */
+
+#define V1 v->comps[v->size-1] /**< v1 for division */
+#define V2 v->comps[v->size-2] /**< v2 for division */
+#define U(j) tmp_u->comps[tmp_u->size-j-1] /**< uj for division */
+#define Q(j) quotient->comps[quotient->size-j-1] /**< qj for division */
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/div64.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2000, 2004 Maciej W. Rozycki
+ * Copyright (C) 2003 Ralf Baechle
+ *
+ * This file is subject to the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public
+ * License. See the file "COPYING" in the main directory of this archive
+ * for more details.
+ */
+#ifndef _ASM_DIV64_H
+#define _ASM_DIV64_H
+
+#if (_MIPS_SZLONG == 32)
+
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+#define GCC_REG_ACCUM "$0"
+#else
+#define GCC_REG_ACCUM "accum"
+#endif
+
+
+//#include <asm/compiler.h>
+
+/*
+ * No traps on overflows for any of these...
+ */
+
+#define do_div64_32(res, high, low, base) ({ \
+ unsigned long __quot, __mod; \
+ unsigned long __cf, __tmp, __tmp2, __i; \
+ \
+ __asm__(".set push\n\t" \
+ ".set noat\n\t" \
+ ".set noreorder\n\t" \
+ "move %2, $0\n\t" \
+ "move %3, $0\n\t" \
+ "b 1f\n\t" \
+ " li %4, 0x21\n" \
+ "0:\n\t" \
+ "sll $1, %0, 0x1\n\t" \
+ "srl %3, %0, 0x1f\n\t" \
+ "or %0, $1, %5\n\t" \
+ "sll %1, %1, 0x1\n\t" \
+ "sll %2, %2, 0x1\n" \
+ "1:\n\t" \
+ "bnez %3, 2f\n\t" \
+ " sltu %5, %0, %z6\n\t" \
+ "bnez %5, 3f\n" \
+ "2:\n\t" \
+ " addiu %4, %4, -1\n\t" \
+ "subu %0, %0, %z6\n\t" \
+ "addiu %2, %2, 1\n" \
+ "3:\n\t" \
+ "bnez %4, 0b\n\t" \
+ " srl %5, %1, 0x1f\n\t" \
+ ".set pop" \
+ : "=&r" (__mod), "=&r" (__tmp), "=&r" (__quot), "=&r" (__cf), \
+ "=&r" (__i), "=&r" (__tmp2) \
+ : "Jr" (base), "0" (high), "1" (low)); \
+ \
+ (res) = __quot; \
+ __mod; })
+
+#define do_div(n, base) ({ \
+ unsigned long long __quot; \
+ unsigned long __mod; \
+ unsigned long long __div; \
+ unsigned long __upper, __low, __high, __base; \
+ \
+ __div = (n); \
+ __base = (base); \
+ \
+ __high = __div >> 32; \
+ __low = __div; \
+ __upper = __high; \
+ \
+ if (__high) \
+ __asm__("divu $0, %z2, %z3" \
+ : "=h" (__upper), "=l" (__high) \
+ : "Jr" (__high), "Jr" (__base) \
+ : GCC_REG_ACCUM); \
+ \
+ __mod = do_div64_32(__low, __upper, __low, __base); \
+ \
+ __quot = __high; \
+ __quot = __quot << 32 | __low; \
+ (n) = __quot; \
+ __mod; })
+#endif /* (_MIPS_SZLONG == 32) */
+
+#if (_MIPS_SZLONG == 64)
+
+/*
+ * Hey, we're already 64-bit, no
+ * need to play games..
+ */
+#define do_div(n, base) ({ \
+ unsigned long __quot; \
+ unsigned int __mod; \
+ unsigned long __div; \
+ unsigned int __base; \
+ \
+ __div = (n); \
+ __base = (base); \
+ \
+ __mod = __div % __base; \
+ __quot = __div / __base; \
+ \
+ (n) = __quot; \
+ __mod; })
+
+#endif /* (_MIPS_SZLONG == 64) */
+
+#endif /* _ASM_DIV64_H */
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/dump_key.c
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ FILE *fp = fopen("public_fon_rsa_key_6.pem", "r");
+ struct stat s;
+ unsigned char *b;
+ int i;
+ if(!fp)
+ return 1;
+ stat("public_fon_rsa_key_6.pem", &s);
+ b = malloc(s.st_size);
+ fread(b, s.st_size, 1, fp);
+ fclose(fp);
+ printf("unsigned char public_key[] = {\n\t");
+ for(i = 0;i < s.st_size; i++)
+ {
+ printf("0x%02X,", b[i]);
+ if(i%16 == 15)
+ printf("\n\t");
+ }
+ printf("};\n");
+// printf("\n%d %d\n", i, s.st_size);
+ return 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/foncheckrsa.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ * RSA + RIPEMD160 signature verification command
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * Created: 20060728 Pablo Martín Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
+ *
+ * $Id: foncheckrsa.c 332 2007-05-02 09:45:54Z pablo.martin $
+ */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "fonrsa.h"
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ int fd, i;
+ FONRSA_ERROR fonrsa_error;
+ void *handle;
+
+ if (argc != 4) {
+ fprintf(stderr, " Usage: foncheckrsa [public_key.der] [signature] [file]\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " Pablo Martín Medrano <pablo@fon.com>\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " RIPEMD-160 software written by Antoon Bosselaers,\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " available at http://www.esat.kuleuven.be/~cosicart/ps/AB-9601/.\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " Uses the axTLS library bigint implementation (libfonrsa)\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " http://www.leroc.com.au/axTLS/\n");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ /* Check the existence of input files */
+ for (i = 1; i < 4; i++) {
+ if ((fd = open(argv[i], O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error: opening \"%s\": %s\n", argv[i],
+ strerror(errno));
+ fprintf(stderr, "Bailing out...");
+ exit(-2);
+ }
+ close(fd);
+ }
+ handle = FR_init(argv[1]);
+ if (handle == NULL) {
+ printf("Error loading keys in %s\n", argv[1]);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ fonrsa_error = FR_verify_file(handle, argv[3], argv[2]);
+ FR_end(handle);
+ switch (fonrsa_error) {
+ case FONRSA_OK:
+ printf("Verified OK\n");
+ return 0;
+ case FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE:
+ printf("Verification failure\n");
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ printf("Verification error\n");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/fonrsa.c
@@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
+/*
+ * FONSM RSA handling library
+ *
+ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * Created: 20070306 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
+ *
+ * Based on axTLS
+ *
+ * $Id: fonrsa.c 405 2007-09-19 15:26:17Z jesus.pico $
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "rmd160.h"
+#include "bigint.h"
+#include "fonrsa.h"
+#include "base64.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t *buffer;
+ size_t size;
+} DER_key;
+
+typedef struct {
+ bigint *m; /* modulus */
+ bigint *e; /* public exponent */
+ int num_octets;
+ BI_CTX *bi_ctx; /* big integer handle */
+} RSA_parameters;
+
+typedef struct {
+ DER_key *derkey;
+ RSA_parameters *rsaparms;
+} RSA;
+
+static uint8_t *CH_load_raw_file(char *filename, size_t *size);
+static DER_key *CH_load_der_key(char *filename);
+static void CH_free_der_key(DER_key *key);
+static int asn1_get_public_key(const uint8_t *buf, int len, RSA_parameters **rsa_parameters);
+void CH_pub_key_new(RSA_parameters **rsa_parameters, const uint8_t *modulus, int mod_len, const uint8_t *pub_exp, int pub_len);
+int CH_decrypt(RSA_parameters *rsa, uint8_t *buffer_in, uint8_t *buffer_out);
+byte *RMDbinary(char *fname);
+int CH_get_rmd160_hash_from_signature(byte *hash, char *signature_file, char *public_key_file);
+static unsigned char *load_file_in_buffer(char *path, int *size);
+static int save_file_from_buffer(char *path, unsigned char *buffer, int size);
+int ExtractPadding(uint8_t* OutputBuffer, uint8_t* InputBuffer, int LengthOfInputBuffer);
+
+#define RMDsize 160 /* A RIPEMD-160 hash has 160 bits */
+
+/*
+ * returns RMD(message in file fname) fname is read as binary data.
+ * non-reentrant
+ */
+byte *RMDbinary(char *fname)
+{
+ FILE *mf; /* pointer to file <fname> */
+ byte data[1024]; /* contains current mess. block */
+ dword nbytes; /* length of this block */
+ dword MDbuf[RMDsize / 32]; /* contains (A, B, C, D(, E)) */
+ static byte hashcode[RMDsize / 8]; /* for final hash-value */
+ dword X[16]; /* current 16-word chunk */
+ unsigned int i, j; /* counters */
+ dword length[2]; /* length in bytes of message */
+ dword offset; /* # of unprocessed bytes at */
+ /* call of MDfinish */
+
+ /* initialize */
+ if ((mf = fopen(fname, "rb")) == NULL) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "\nRMDbinary: cannot open file \"%s\".\n",
+ fname);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ MDinit(MDbuf);
+ length[0] = 0;
+ length[1] = 0;
+ while ((nbytes = fread(data, 1, 1024, mf)) != 0) {
+ /* process all complete blocks */
+ for (i = 0; i < (nbytes >> 6); i++) {
+ for (j = 0; j < 16; j++)
+ X[j] = BYTES_TO_DWORD(data + 64 * i + 4 * j);
+ compress(MDbuf, X);
+ }
+ /* update length[] */
+ if (length[0] + nbytes < length[0])
+ length[1]++; /* overflow to msb of length */
+ length[0] += nbytes;
+ }
+ /* finish: */
+ offset = length[0] & 0x3C0; /* extract bytes 6 to 10 inclusive */
+ MDfinish(MDbuf, data + offset, length[0], length[1]);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < RMDsize / 8; i += 4) {
+ hashcode[i] = MDbuf[i >> 2];
+ hashcode[i + 1] = (MDbuf[i >> 2] >> 8);
+ hashcode[i + 2] = (MDbuf[i >> 2] >> 16);
+ hashcode[i + 3] = (MDbuf[i >> 2] >> 24);
+ }
+ fclose(mf);
+
+ return (byte *) hashcode;
+}
+byte *RMDbinary_buffer(char *buffer, int size_buffer)
+{
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Extracts the RMD 160 hash from the signature file
+ */
+int CH_get_rmd160_hash_from_signature(byte *hash, char *signature_file, char *public_key_file)
+{
+ RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters;
+ DER_key *derkey;
+ uint8_t *signature;
+ size_t signature_size;
+ uint8_t *decrypted;
+
+ signature = CH_load_raw_file(signature_file, &signature_size);
+ if ((signature == NULL)||(signature_size != 512)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error: Loading signature key '%s'\n", signature_file);
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ derkey = CH_load_der_key(public_key_file);
+ if (derkey == NULL) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error: opening DER key file '%s'\n", public_key_file);
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ if ((asn1_get_public_key(derkey->buffer, derkey->size, &rsa_parameters)) != 0) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error: Extracting public key from DER file\n");
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ CH_free_der_key(derkey);
+ if (rsa_parameters->num_octets != 512)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error: The RSA public key size is not 4096 bits %d\n", rsa_parameters->num_octets);
+ decrypted = (uint8_t *)malloc(rsa_parameters->num_octets);
+ if (CH_decrypt(rsa_parameters, signature, decrypted)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error: Decrypting signature\n");
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ memcpy(hash, decrypted + 492, 20);
+ free(decrypted);
+ free(signature);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Decrypts the signature buffer using the rsa public key loaded
+ */
+int CH_decrypt(RSA_parameters *rsa, uint8_t *buffer_in, uint8_t *buffer_out)
+{
+ bigint *dat_bi;
+ bigint *decrypted_bi;
+ int byte_size;
+
+ byte_size = rsa->num_octets;
+ dat_bi = bi_import(rsa->bi_ctx, buffer_in, byte_size);
+ rsa->bi_ctx->mod_offset = BIGINT_M_OFFSET;
+ bi_copy(rsa->m);
+ decrypted_bi = bi_mod_power(rsa->bi_ctx, dat_bi, rsa->e);
+ bi_export(rsa->bi_ctx, decrypted_bi, buffer_out, byte_size);
+ return 0;
+}
+/*
+ * Loads a file in a uint8_t buffer
+ */
+static uint8_t *CH_load_raw_file(char *filename, size_t *size)
+{
+ struct stat st;
+ int fd;
+ ssize_t br;
+ uint8_t *ret;
+
+ if ((stat(filename, &st)) == -1)
+ return NULL;
+ if ((ret = (uint8_t *)malloc(st.st_size)) == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd == -1) {
+ free(ret);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ br = read(fd, ret, st.st_size);
+ close(fd);
+ if (br != st.st_size) {
+ free(ret);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ *size = st.st_size;
+ return ret;
+}
+/*
+ * Loads a .der file in a buffer
+ */
+static DER_key *CH_load_der_key(char *filename)
+{
+ DER_key *ret;
+
+ if ((ret = (DER_key *)malloc(sizeof(DER_key))) == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ if ((ret->buffer = CH_load_raw_file(filename, &(ret->size))) == NULL) {
+ free(ret);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+/*
+ * CH_load_pem_key
+ */
+static DER_key *CH_load_pem_key(char *filename)
+{
+ DER_key *ret;
+ uint8_t *buffer;
+ char *b64,*p,*t;
+ char key[1024];
+ size_t filesize;
+ int size;
+
+ if ((ret = (DER_key *)malloc(sizeof(DER_key))) == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ if ((buffer = CH_load_raw_file(filename, &filesize)) == NULL) {
+ free(ret);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ p = (char *)buffer;
+ while ((*p != '\n') && (*p != '\0'))
+ p++;
+ if (*p == '\0') {
+ free(ret);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ p++;
+ b64 = t = p;
+ while((p - b64) <= filesize) {
+ if ((*p == '-')) {
+ break;
+ } else if ((*p != '\n') && (*p != ' ') && (*p != '\t')) {
+ *t = *p;
+ t++;
+ }
+ p++;
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ size = B64_decode(b64, key, strlen(b64), 1024);
+ if (size < 0) {
+ free(buffer);
+ free(ret);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ free(buffer);
+ ret->buffer = (char *)malloc(size);
+ ret->size = size;
+ memcpy((void *)ret->buffer, (void *)key, size);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * CH_free_der_key
+ */
+static void CH_free_der_key(DER_key *key)
+{
+ free(key->buffer);
+ free(key);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the public key specifics from an ASN.1 encoded file
+ * A function lacking in the exported axTLS API
+ *
+ * This is a really weird hack that only works with RSA public key
+ * files
+ */
+static int asn1_get_public_key(const uint8_t *buf, int len, RSA_parameters **rsa_parameters)
+{
+ uint8_t *modulus, *pub_exp;
+ int mod_len, pub_len;
+
+ pub_len = 3;
+ mod_len = len - 37;
+ if (buf[0] != 0x30) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ pub_exp = (uint8_t *)malloc(3);
+ modulus = (uint8_t *)malloc(mod_len);
+ memcpy(modulus, buf + 32 , mod_len);
+ memcpy(pub_exp, buf + 34 + mod_len, 3);
+ if (mod_len <= 0 || pub_len <= 0 )
+ return -1;
+ CH_pub_key_new(rsa_parameters, modulus, mod_len, pub_exp, pub_len);
+
+ free(modulus);
+ free(pub_exp);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Similar to RSA_pub_key_new, rewritten to make this program depend only on bi module
+ */
+void CH_pub_key_new(RSA_parameters **rsa, const uint8_t *modulus, int mod_len, const uint8_t *pub_exp, int pub_len)
+{
+ RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters;
+
+ BI_CTX *bi_ctx = bi_initialize();
+ *rsa = (RSA_parameters *)calloc(1, sizeof(RSA_parameters));
+ rsa_parameters = *rsa;
+ rsa_parameters->bi_ctx = bi_ctx;
+ rsa_parameters->num_octets = (mod_len & 0xFFF0);
+ rsa_parameters->m = bi_import(bi_ctx, modulus, mod_len);
+ bi_set_mod(bi_ctx, rsa_parameters->m, BIGINT_M_OFFSET);
+ rsa_parameters->e = bi_import(bi_ctx, pub_exp, pub_len);
+ bi_permanent(rsa_parameters->e);
+}
+
+static unsigned char *load_file_in_buffer(char *path, int *size)
+{
+ unsigned char *buffer;
+ struct stat st;
+ int fd;
+
+ if (stat(path, &st))
+ return NULL;
+ buffer = (unsigned char *)malloc(st.st_size);
+ if (buffer == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ if ((fd = open(path, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
+ free(buffer);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (read(fd, (void *)buffer,st.st_size) != (ssize_t)st.st_size) {
+ free(buffer);
+ close(fd);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ *size = (int)st.st_size;
+ close(fd);
+ return buffer;
+}
+
+static int save_file_from_buffer(char *path, unsigned char *buffer, int size)
+{
+ int fd;
+
+ if ((fd = open(path, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT, 0644)) == -1)
+ return -1;
+ if (write(fd, buffer, (size_t)size) != ((ssize_t)size)) {
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ close(fd);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* FR_init */
+void *FR_init(char *public_key_path)
+{
+ DER_key *derkey;
+ RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters;
+ char *ending;
+
+ ending = public_key_path + strlen(public_key_path) - 3;
+ if (!strcmp(ending, "der"))
+ derkey = CH_load_der_key(public_key_path);
+ else if (!strcmp(ending, "pem"))
+ derkey = CH_load_pem_key(public_key_path);
+ else {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error: unknown key format\n");
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ if (derkey == NULL) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error: opening key file '%s'\n", public_key_path);
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ if ((asn1_get_public_key(derkey->buffer, derkey->size, &rsa_parameters)) != 0) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error: Extracting public key from file\n");
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ CH_free_der_key(derkey);
+ return (void *)rsa_parameters;
+}
+
+/* FR_end */
+FONRSA_ERROR FR_end(void *handle)
+{
+ RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters = (RSA_parameters *)handle;
+
+ free(rsa_parameters);
+ return FONRSA_OK;
+}
+
+/* FR_decrypt_buffer */
+FONRSA_ERROR FR_decrypt_buffer(void *handler, unsigned char *cryptext, int cryptext_size,
+ unsigned char *plaintext, int plaintext_buffer_size, int *plaintext_size)
+{
+ RSA_parameters *rsaparms = (RSA_parameters *)handler;
+
+ if (cryptext_size != rsaparms->num_octets) {
+ return FONRSA_SIZE;
+ }
+ if (plaintext_buffer_size < cryptext_size) {
+ return FONRSA_SIZE;
+ }
+ if (CH_decrypt(rsaparms, (uint8_t *)cryptext, (uint8_t *)plaintext)) {
+ return FONRSA_DECRYPT;
+ }
+ *plaintext_size = cryptext_size;
+ return FONRSA_OK;
+}
+
+FONRSA_ERROR FR_decrypt_buffer_v2(void *handler, unsigned char *cryptext, int cryptext_size,
+ unsigned char *plaintext, int plaintext_buffer_size, int *plaintext_size)
+{
+ unsigned char* AuxBuffer;
+ int AuxSize;
+
+ AuxBuffer = (unsigned char*)malloc(cryptext_size);
+
+ RSA_parameters *rsaparms = (RSA_parameters *)handler;
+
+ if (cryptext_size != rsaparms->num_octets) {
+ return FONRSA_SIZE;
+ }
+ if (plaintext_buffer_size < cryptext_size) {
+ return FONRSA_SIZE;
+ }
+ if (CH_decrypt(rsaparms, (uint8_t *)cryptext, (uint8_t *)AuxBuffer)) {
+ return FONRSA_DECRYPT;
+ }
+ if ((AuxSize = ExtractPadding((uint8_t*)plaintext, (uint8_t*)AuxBuffer, cryptext_size)) < 0)
+ {
+ printf("Incorrect Padding decrypting buffer");
+ return FONRSA_DECRYPT;
+ }
+ *plaintext_size = AuxSize;
+ return FONRSA_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *
+ * Implementation of PKCS 1.5 padding, borrowed from
+ * Tom's code (public domain)
+ */
+
+/* Standalone FR_verify_file */
+FONRSA_ERROR FR_verify_file(void *handler, char *file_path, char *signature_file_path)
+{
+ int j;
+ byte *hashcode;
+ byte hash[20];
+ uint8_t *decrypted;
+ RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters = (RSA_parameters *)handler;
+ char *signature_buffer;
+ int signature_size;
+
+ /* Calculates the RIPEMD-160 hash of the file */
+ hashcode = RMDbinary (file_path);
+ /* Decrypts the signature file using the RSA public key */
+ signature_buffer = load_file_in_buffer(signature_file_path, &signature_size);
+ if (signature_buffer == NULL)
+ return FONRSA_OPENKEY;
+
+ if (rsa_parameters->num_octets != signature_size)
+ return FONRSA_SIZE;
+ decrypted = (uint8_t *)malloc(rsa_parameters->num_octets);
+ if (CH_decrypt(rsa_parameters, signature_buffer, decrypted)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error: Decrypting signature\n");
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ memcpy(hash, decrypted + 492, 20);
+ free(decrypted);
+ free(signature_buffer);
+ for (j = 0; j < RMDsize/8; j++) {
+ if (hash[j] != hashcode[j])
+ return FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE;
+ }
+ return FONRSA_OK;
+}
+
+/* FR_decrypt_file */
+FONRSA_ERROR FR_decrypt_file(void *handle, char *crypted_file_path, char *plaintext_file_path)
+{
+ int size;
+ FONRSA_ERROR ret;
+ char *filebuffer;
+ char crypted[1024];
+ int crypted_size;
+
+ if ((filebuffer = load_file_in_buffer(crypted_file_path, &size)) == NULL) {
+ return FONRSA_LOADFILE;
+ }
+
+ ret = FR_decrypt_buffer(handle, filebuffer, size, crypted, 1024, &crypted_size);
+ if (ret != FONRSA_OK) {
+ free(filebuffer);
+ return ret;
+ }
+ free(filebuffer);
+
+ if (save_file_from_buffer(plaintext_file_path, crypted, crypted_size)) {
+ printf("Error writing %lu bytes into %s", crypted_size, plaintext_file_path);
+ return FONRSA_SAVEFILE;
+ }
+ return FONRSA_OK;
+}
+
+int ExtractPadding(uint8_t* OutputBuffer, uint8_t* InputBuffer, int LengthOfInputBuffer)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ //First typical checks...
+ if (LengthOfInputBuffer < MINIMUM_PADING_BYTES_PKCS_1_5)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error:ExtractPadding: Error, Length of input buffer is too short.\n");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else if((InputBuffer[0] != 0) || (InputBuffer[1] > 2)) //Necessary header of Padding...
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error:ExtractPadding: Error, Padding header is incorrect.\n");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ for (i=2; i < LengthOfInputBuffer; i++) //Variable size of non-zero padding....
+ {
+ if (InputBuffer[i] == 0) break; //This is the end of Padding.
+ }
+ //We need to evaluate if there is an existing message...
+ if (i < LengthOfInputBuffer - 2)
+ {//Ok, Padding is extracted... copying the message and finishing...
+ memcpy(OutputBuffer, &(InputBuffer[i + 1]), LengthOfInputBuffer - (i + 1));
+ return LengthOfInputBuffer - (i + 1);
+ }
+ //If we have reached to this point, then an error has occurred...
+ return -1;
+}
+
+#ifdef __MAINTEST__
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ void *handle = NULL;
+ FONRSA_ERROR ret;
+ char *filebuffer = NULL;
+ char crypted[1024];
+ int size, crypted_size;
+
+ if (argc != 4) {
+ printf("Usage: %s <key_file> <crypted_file> <output_file>\n", argv[0]);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ handle = FR_init(argv[1]);
+ if (handle == NULL) {
+ printf("Error loading keys\n");
+ return 1;
+ }
+ ret = FR_decrypt_file(handle, argv[2], argv[3]);
+ if (ret != FONRSA_OK) {
+ printf("FR_decrypt_file returns %d\n", ret);
+ }
+ FR_end(handle);
+ return (int)ret;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/fonrsa.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ * FONSM RSA handling library, used by fonsmcd and foncheckrsa
+ *
+ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * Created: 20070306 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
+ *
+ * $Id: fonrsa.h 404 2007-09-17 10:41:31Z jesus.pico $
+ */
+#ifndef _FONRSA_H
+#define _FONRSA_H
+
+#define MINIMUM_PADING_BYTES_PKCS_1_5 3
+
+typedef enum {
+ FONRSA_OK = 0,
+ FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE = 1,
+ FONRSA_OPENKEY = 2,
+ FONRSA_SIZE = 3,
+ FONRSA_LOADFILE = 4,
+ FONRSA_CRYPT = 5,
+ FONRSA_DECRYPT = 6,
+ FONRSA_SAVEFILE = 7,
+ FONRSA_NOSYS = 8,
+ FONRSA_VERIFY = 9
+} FONRSA_ERROR;
+
+void *FR_init(char *public_key_path);
+FONRSA_ERROR FR_end(void *handle);
+FONRSA_ERROR FR_decrypt_buffer(void *handler, unsigned char *cryptext, int cryptext_size,
+ unsigned char *plaintext, int plaintext_buffer_size, int *plaintext_size);
+FONRSA_ERROR FR_decrypt_buffer_v2(void *handler, unsigned char *cryptext, int cryptext_size,
+ unsigned char *plaintext, int plaintext_buffer_size, int *plaintext_size);
+FONRSA_ERROR FR_verify_file(void *handler, char *file_path, char *signature_file_path);
+FONRSA_ERROR FR_decrypt_file(void *handler, char *crypted_file_path, char *plaintext_file_path);
+
+#endif
+
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/log.c
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*
+ * Fonsm log module. Used inside the fonsm backend module and on the client.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
+ *
+ * Created: 20070202 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
+ *
+ * $Id: log.c 392 2007-06-25 16:24:51Z pablo.martin $
+ */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifndef WIN32
+#include <syslog.h>
+#endif
+#include "log.h"
+
+#define MAX_SESSION_PREFIX 256
+
+typedef struct {
+ char domain[256];
+ LG_LEVEL watermark;
+ int mode;
+ LG_log_function_pointer function;
+} ST_fslog;
+
+static ST_fslog fslog;
+static void LG_log_string(LG_LEVEL level, const char *message);
+
+/*!
+ \brief Starts the log subsystem, redirecting glog() to stderr/syslog depending
+ on mode
+ \retval FSLOG_ERROR : FSLOG_OK if everything goes well
+ \param lg : handle that will be returned
+ \param ident : program identifier, any string
+ \param low_watermark : if the log level is less than this value, it will not be logged
+ \param mode : FSLOG_MODE_SYSLOG (log to syslog) or FSLOG_MODE_STDERR (log to stderr)
+*/
+FSLOG_ERROR LG_start(const char *domain, LG_LEVEL watermark, int mode,
+ LG_log_function_pointer log_function, int facility)
+{
+#ifndef WIN32
+ strncpy(fslog.domain, domain, MAX_LG_DOMAIN);
+ fslog.domain[MAX_LG_DOMAIN - 1] = '\0';
+ fslog.watermark = watermark;
+ fslog.mode = mode;
+ fslog.function = log_function?log_function:LG_log_string;
+ if (fslog.mode & LG_SYSLOG)
+ openlog(domain, LOG_NDELAY, facility);
+ return FSLOG_OK;
+#else
+ return FSLOG_OK;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ \brief Set the low watermark
+ \retval FSLOG_ERROR : FSLOG_OK
+ \param lg : log handle
+ \param low_watermark : new watermark
+*/
+FSLOG_ERROR LG_set_loglevel(LG_LEVEL watermark)
+{
+ fslog.watermark = watermark;
+ return FSLOG_OK;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \brief Ends the log subsystem, unregisteing glog handle
+ \retval FSLOG_ERROR : FSLOG_OK if everything goes well
+ \param handle : log handle to free
+*/
+FSLOG_ERROR LG_end(void)
+{
+#ifndef WIN32
+ if (fslog.mode & LG_SYSLOG)
+ closelog();
+#endif
+ return FSLOG_OK;
+}
+
+
+void LG_log(LG_LEVEL loglevel, const char *message, ...)
+{
+#ifndef WIN32
+ va_list ap;
+ char buffer[4096];
+ int n;
+
+ va_start(ap, message);
+ n = vsnprintf(buffer, MAX_LOG_STRING, message, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ if (n > -1 && n < MAX_LOG_STRING)
+ fslog.function(loglevel, buffer);
+ else
+ fon_critical("%s: Message too big to be logged", __FUNCTION__);
+#else
+ return;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Default log function (when mode is LG_SYSLOG or LG_STDERR) */
+static void LG_log_string(LG_LEVEL level, const char *message)
+{
+#ifndef WIN32
+ static struct {
+ int syslog_level;
+ char *log_string;
+ } fonlog_to_syslog[] = {
+ [LG_DEBUG] = {LOG_ERR, "DEBUG"},
+ [LG_MESSAGE] = {LOG_ERR, "MESSAGE"},
+ [LG_WARNING] = {LOG_ERR, "WARNING"},
+ [LG_CRITICAL] = {LOG_ERR, "CRITICAL"},
+ [LG_ERROR] = {LOG_ERR, "ERROR"}
+ };
+
+ if (level < fslog.watermark)
+ return;
+ if (fslog.mode & LG_SYSLOG) {
+ if (level == LG_MESSAGE) {
+ syslog(LOG_INFO, "%s", message);
+ } else {
+ syslog(fonlog_to_syslog[level].syslog_level, "%s: %s", fonlog_to_syslog[level].log_string, message);
+ }
+ }
+ if (fslog.mode & LG_STDERR) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s[%d]: %8.8s: %s\n", fslog.domain,
+ getpid(), fonlog_to_syslog[level].log_string,
+ message);
+ }
+#else
+ /* FIXE: todo */
+ return;
+#endif
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/log.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * Fonsm log module. Used inside the fonsm backend module and on the client.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
+ *
+ * Created: 20070202 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
+ *
+ * $Id: log.h 379 2007-05-28 09:17:48Z pablo.martin $
+ */
+#ifndef _LOG_H
+#define _LOG_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+typedef enum {
+ FSLOG_OK = 0,
+ FSLOG_UNKNOWN = -1
+} FSLOG_ERROR;
+
+
+typedef void * LG_HANDLE;
+
+typedef enum {
+ LG_DEBUG = 0,
+ LG_MESSAGE = 1,
+ LG_INFO = 2,
+ LG_WARNING = 3,
+ LG_CRITICAL = 4,
+ LG_ERROR = 5
+} LG_LEVEL;
+
+#define LG_SYSLOG 0x01
+#define LG_STDERR 0x02
+#define LG_CUSTOM 0x04
+
+#define MAX_LG_DOMAIN 256
+#define MAX_LOG_STRING 4096
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#ifndef LOGPRINTF
+#define fon_debug(...) LG_log (LG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+#define fon_debug(...) { printf("DEBUG: "); printf(__VA_ARGS__); printf("\n"); }
+#endif
+#else
+/* fon_debug evaluates to nothing when NDEBUG is defined */
+#define fon_debug(...)
+#endif
+#ifndef LOGPRINTF
+#define fon_message(...) LG_log (LG_MESSAGE, __VA_ARGS__)
+#define fon_warning(...) LG_log (LG_WARNING, __VA_ARGS__)
+#define fon_critical(...) LG_log (LG_CRITICAL, __VA_ARGS__)
+#define fon_error(...) LG_log (LG_ERROR, __VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+#define fon_message(...) { printf("MESSAGE: "); printf(__VA_ARGS__); printf("\n"); }
+#define fon_warning(...) { printf("WARNING: "); printf(__VA_ARGS__); printf("\n"); }
+#define fon_critical(...) { printf("CRITICAL: "); printf(__VA_ARGS__); printf("\n"); }
+#define fon_error(...) { printf("ERROR: "); printf(__VA_ARGS__); printf("\n"); }
+#endif
+
+typedef void (*LG_log_function_pointer)(LG_LEVEL level, const char *message);
+
+FSLOG_ERROR LG_start(const char *domain, LG_LEVEL watermark, int mode, LG_log_function_pointer log_function, int facility);
+FSLOG_ERROR LG_set_loglevel(LG_LEVEL watermark);
+FSLOG_ERROR LG_end(void);
+void LG_log(LG_LEVEL loglevel, const char *message, ...);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/public_key.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+unsigned char public_key[] = {
+ 0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x42,0x45,0x47,0x49,0x4E,0x20,0x50,0x55,0x42,0x4C,0x49,
+ 0x43,0x20,0x4B,0x45,0x59,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x0A,0x4D,0x49,0x49,0x43,0x49,
+ 0x6A,0x41,0x4E,0x42,0x67,0x6B,0x71,0x68,0x6B,0x69,0x47,0x39,0x77,0x30,0x42,0x41,
+ 0x51,0x45,0x46,0x41,0x41,0x4F,0x43,0x41,0x67,0x38,0x41,0x4D,0x49,0x49,0x43,0x43,
+ 0x67,0x4B,0x43,0x41,0x67,0x45,0x41,0x34,0x4C,0x42,0x76,0x59,0x43,0x4B,0x38,0x38,
+ 0x6D,0x75,0x57,0x61,0x73,0x31,0x4F,0x53,0x73,0x71,0x30,0x0A,0x38,0x39,0x38,0x79,
+ 0x76,0x54,0x4B,0x71,0x41,0x6E,0x4F,0x37,0x78,0x2F,0x44,0x53,0x57,0x72,0x46,0x53,
+ 0x30,0x42,0x72,0x47,0x53,0x51,0x31,0x52,0x69,0x44,0x39,0x55,0x62,0x78,0x77,0x6F,
+ 0x64,0x76,0x36,0x65,0x51,0x4B,0x55,0x30,0x67,0x36,0x52,0x6B,0x2F,0x39,0x54,0x70,
+ 0x4C,0x6E,0x4F,0x2F,0x76,0x51,0x4B,0x70,0x69,0x41,0x30,0x30,0x0A,0x2B,0x32,0x59,
+ 0x30,0x74,0x6B,0x4C,0x39,0x73,0x6A,0x37,0x64,0x33,0x57,0x4B,0x47,0x39,0x62,0x6A,
+ 0x64,0x51,0x58,0x2F,0x43,0x49,0x35,0x57,0x46,0x42,0x42,0x64,0x77,0x57,0x73,0x74,
+ 0x4D,0x43,0x38,0x77,0x74,0x4C,0x6A,0x6A,0x45,0x59,0x79,0x43,0x58,0x46,0x32,0x31,
+ 0x30,0x39,0x7A,0x31,0x47,0x54,0x4C,0x73,0x53,0x44,0x34,0x57,0x4F,0x0A,0x45,0x50,
+ 0x6D,0x45,0x37,0x34,0x63,0x6E,0x6F,0x35,0x78,0x53,0x43,0x71,0x71,0x33,0x74,0x54,
+ 0x49,0x6D,0x38,0x50,0x78,0x49,0x77,0x54,0x46,0x6D,0x46,0x6F,0x6D,0x6A,0x76,0x31,
+ 0x4F,0x56,0x50,0x32,0x73,0x42,0x49,0x70,0x35,0x4E,0x2B,0x59,0x6F,0x56,0x61,0x53,
+ 0x58,0x6A,0x47,0x66,0x4E,0x63,0x54,0x36,0x4E,0x6B,0x39,0x76,0x6B,0x56,0x0A,0x57,
+ 0x69,0x67,0x39,0x30,0x71,0x50,0x4E,0x4C,0x58,0x6E,0x39,0x39,0x50,0x78,0x48,0x61,
+ 0x49,0x31,0x36,0x52,0x7A,0x78,0x48,0x4C,0x39,0x54,0x42,0x2B,0x50,0x43,0x33,0x68,
+ 0x33,0x61,0x58,0x33,0x71,0x57,0x30,0x4B,0x4C,0x4A,0x41,0x66,0x6F,0x35,0x70,0x48,
+ 0x6C,0x39,0x79,0x75,0x55,0x70,0x37,0x66,0x46,0x65,0x6A,0x4A,0x2B,0x41,0x58,0x0A,
+ 0x51,0x4F,0x4A,0x62,0x53,0x45,0x67,0x56,0x74,0x76,0x72,0x68,0x44,0x39,0x73,0x55,
+ 0x6D,0x4B,0x30,0x74,0x36,0x63,0x51,0x44,0x65,0x32,0x32,0x4E,0x4E,0x6E,0x77,0x37,
+ 0x43,0x4F,0x4F,0x61,0x59,0x49,0x57,0x55,0x55,0x6A,0x79,0x6A,0x68,0x35,0x50,0x4B,
+ 0x64,0x64,0x45,0x4B,0x5A,0x38,0x68,0x62,0x62,0x47,0x65,0x61,0x5A,0x4A,0x6F,0x76,
+ 0x0A,0x63,0x6F,0x51,0x64,0x55,0x56,0x51,0x6D,0x71,0x44,0x53,0x2B,0x6B,0x63,0x2F,
+ 0x41,0x51,0x6C,0x65,0x55,0x36,0x68,0x51,0x6A,0x63,0x55,0x4C,0x57,0x44,0x6B,0x4E,
+ 0x2F,0x6F,0x4F,0x6C,0x33,0x43,0x53,0x65,0x70,0x67,0x54,0x37,0x6B,0x67,0x73,0x52,
+ 0x63,0x63,0x47,0x74,0x66,0x4B,0x65,0x37,0x77,0x4D,0x70,0x35,0x66,0x59,0x4A,0x2B,
+ 0x41,0x0A,0x43,0x46,0x44,0x41,0x6F,0x4C,0x6E,0x58,0x4E,0x6A,0x4E,0x56,0x6C,0x65,
+ 0x73,0x43,0x6B,0x78,0x74,0x6A,0x62,0x4C,0x62,0x49,0x72,0x66,0x32,0x6E,0x43,0x62,
+ 0x32,0x61,0x4D,0x65,0x64,0x31,0x5A,0x48,0x4E,0x4A,0x51,0x75,0x6F,0x4E,0x58,0x67,
+ 0x72,0x43,0x41,0x44,0x31,0x71,0x2B,0x58,0x6E,0x66,0x77,0x63,0x69,0x6D,0x57,0x50,
+ 0x64,0x51,0x0A,0x44,0x59,0x6A,0x6D,0x65,0x44,0x70,0x35,0x77,0x36,0x41,0x4A,0x33,
+ 0x2F,0x35,0x59,0x39,0x55,0x74,0x78,0x47,0x34,0x72,0x51,0x72,0x61,0x68,0x78,0x53,
+ 0x42,0x77,0x43,0x4B,0x57,0x39,0x4B,0x79,0x53,0x31,0x71,0x53,0x76,0x73,0x37,0x7A,
+ 0x59,0x2F,0x52,0x59,0x37,0x4A,0x66,0x36,0x63,0x56,0x6B,0x54,0x43,0x78,0x69,0x33,
+ 0x7A,0x32,0x53,0x0A,0x50,0x46,0x33,0x51,0x64,0x6B,0x30,0x50,0x44,0x2F,0x73,0x2B,
+ 0x6B,0x77,0x39,0x71,0x4F,0x4E,0x79,0x69,0x33,0x67,0x6E,0x61,0x42,0x46,0x6E,0x54,
+ 0x77,0x48,0x7A,0x59,0x69,0x77,0x34,0x2F,0x77,0x6A,0x46,0x33,0x64,0x47,0x68,0x47,
+ 0x4E,0x6B,0x78,0x36,0x70,0x63,0x4E,0x4F,0x52,0x55,0x46,0x4E,0x65,0x4F,0x7A,0x59,
+ 0x76,0x39,0x6F,0x6A,0x0A,0x51,0x59,0x70,0x73,0x55,0x31,0x33,0x6A,0x6D,0x30,0x33,
+ 0x42,0x6F,0x45,0x2B,0x42,0x31,0x64,0x38,0x50,0x47,0x75,0x57,0x2B,0x49,0x7A,0x2F,
+ 0x41,0x4F,0x44,0x7A,0x6B,0x6F,0x56,0x6B,0x39,0x2B,0x57,0x79,0x49,0x33,0x37,0x50,
+ 0x30,0x53,0x7A,0x47,0x4B,0x72,0x2B,0x53,0x33,0x72,0x72,0x74,0x61,0x50,0x6C,0x41,
+ 0x70,0x71,0x4B,0x48,0x55,0x0A,0x6E,0x64,0x35,0x6C,0x30,0x63,0x76,0x75,0x59,0x66,
+ 0x31,0x4C,0x37,0x45,0x52,0x75,0x49,0x58,0x64,0x47,0x4C,0x6A,0x30,0x43,0x41,0x77,
+ 0x45,0x41,0x41,0x51,0x3D,0x3D,0x0A,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x45,0x4E,0x44,0x20,
+ 0x50,0x55,0x42,0x4C,0x49,0x43,0x20,0x4B,0x45,0x59,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x0A,
+ };
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/rmd160.c
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/********************************************************************\
+ *
+ * FILE: rmd160.c
+ *
+ * CONTENTS: A sample C-implementation of the RIPEMD-160
+ * hash-function.
+ * TARGET: any computer with an ANSI C compiler
+ *
+ * AUTHOR: Antoon Bosselaers, ESAT-COSIC
+ * DATE: 1 March 1996
+ * VERSION: 1.0
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) Katholieke Universiteit Leuven
+ * 1996, All Rights Reserved
+ *
+ * Conditions for use of the RIPEMD-160 Software
+ *
+ * The RIPEMD-160 software is freely available for use under the terms and
+ * conditions described hereunder, which shall be deemed to be accepted by
+ * any user of the software and applicable on any use of the software:
+ *
+ * 1. K.U.Leuven Department of Electrical Engineering-ESAT/COSIC shall for
+ * all purposes be considered the owner of the RIPEMD-160 software and of
+ * all copyright, trade secret, patent or other intellectual property
+ * rights therein.
+ * 2. The RIPEMD-160 software is provided on an "as is" basis without
+ * warranty of any sort, express or implied. K.U.Leuven makes no
+ * representation that the use of the software will not infringe any
+ * patent or proprietary right of third parties. User will indemnify
+ * K.U.Leuven and hold K.U.Leuven harmless from any claims or liabilities
+ * which may arise as a result of its use of the software. In no
+ * circumstances K.U.Leuven R&D will be held liable for any deficiency,
+ * fault or other mishappening with regard to the use or performance of
+ * the software.
+ * 3. User agrees to give due credit to K.U.Leuven in scientific publications
+ * or communications in relation with the use of the RIPEMD-160 software
+ * as follows: RIPEMD-160 software written by Antoon Bosselaers,
+ * available at http://www.esat.kuleuven.be/~cosicart/ps/AB-9601/.
+ *
+\********************************************************************/
+
+/* header files */
+#include <common.h>
+#include "rmd160.h"
+
+/********************************************************************/
+
+void MDinit(dword *MDbuf)
+{
+ MDbuf[0] = 0x67452301UL;
+ MDbuf[1] = 0xefcdab89UL;
+ MDbuf[2] = 0x98badcfeUL;
+ MDbuf[3] = 0x10325476UL;
+ MDbuf[4] = 0xc3d2e1f0UL;
+
+ return;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************/
+
+void compress(dword *MDbuf, dword *X)
+{
+ dword aa = MDbuf[0], bb = MDbuf[1], cc = MDbuf[2],
+ dd = MDbuf[3], ee = MDbuf[4];
+ dword aaa = MDbuf[0], bbb = MDbuf[1], ccc = MDbuf[2],
+ ddd = MDbuf[3], eee = MDbuf[4];
+
+ /* round 1 */
+ FF(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 0], 11);
+ FF(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 1], 14);
+ FF(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 2], 15);
+ FF(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 3], 12);
+ FF(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 4], 5);
+ FF(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 5], 8);
+ FF(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 6], 7);
+ FF(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 7], 9);
+ FF(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 8], 11);
+ FF(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 9], 13);
+ FF(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[10], 14);
+ FF(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[11], 15);
+ FF(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[12], 6);
+ FF(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[13], 7);
+ FF(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[14], 9);
+ FF(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[15], 8);
+
+ /* round 2 */
+ GG(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 7], 7);
+ GG(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 4], 6);
+ GG(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[13], 8);
+ GG(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 1], 13);
+ GG(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[10], 11);
+ GG(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 6], 9);
+ GG(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[15], 7);
+ GG(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 3], 15);
+ GG(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[12], 7);
+ GG(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 0], 12);
+ GG(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 9], 15);
+ GG(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 5], 9);
+ GG(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 2], 11);
+ GG(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[14], 7);
+ GG(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[11], 13);
+ GG(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 8], 12);
+
+ /* round 3 */
+ HH(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 3], 11);
+ HH(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[10], 13);
+ HH(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[14], 6);
+ HH(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 4], 7);
+ HH(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 9], 14);
+ HH(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[15], 9);
+ HH(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 8], 13);
+ HH(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 1], 15);
+ HH(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 2], 14);
+ HH(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 7], 8);
+ HH(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 0], 13);
+ HH(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 6], 6);
+ HH(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[13], 5);
+ HH(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[11], 12);
+ HH(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 5], 7);
+ HH(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[12], 5);
+
+ /* round 4 */
+ II(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 1], 11);
+ II(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 9], 12);
+ II(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[11], 14);
+ II(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[10], 15);
+ II(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 0], 14);
+ II(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 8], 15);
+ II(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[12], 9);
+ II(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 4], 8);
+ II(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[13], 9);
+ II(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 3], 14);
+ II(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 7], 5);
+ II(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[15], 6);
+ II(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[14], 8);
+ II(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 5], 6);
+ II(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 6], 5);
+ II(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 2], 12);
+
+ /* round 5 */
+ JJ(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 4], 9);
+ JJ(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 0], 15);
+ JJ(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 5], 5);
+ JJ(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 9], 11);
+ JJ(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 7], 6);
+ JJ(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[12], 8);
+ JJ(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 2], 13);
+ JJ(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[10], 12);
+ JJ(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[14], 5);
+ JJ(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 1], 12);
+ JJ(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 3], 13);
+ JJ(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 8], 14);
+ JJ(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[11], 11);
+ JJ(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 6], 8);
+ JJ(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[15], 5);
+ JJ(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[13], 6);
+
+ /* parallel round 1 */
+ JJJ(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 5], 8);
+ JJJ(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[14], 9);
+ JJJ(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 7], 9);
+ JJJ(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 0], 11);
+ JJJ(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 9], 13);
+ JJJ(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 2], 15);
+ JJJ(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[11], 15);
+ JJJ(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 4], 5);
+ JJJ(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[13], 7);
+ JJJ(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 6], 7);
+ JJJ(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[15], 8);
+ JJJ(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 8], 11);
+ JJJ(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 1], 14);
+ JJJ(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[10], 14);
+ JJJ(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 3], 12);
+ JJJ(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[12], 6);
+
+ /* parallel round 2 */
+ III(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 6], 9);
+ III(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[11], 13);
+ III(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 3], 15);
+ III(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 7], 7);
+ III(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 0], 12);
+ III(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[13], 8);
+ III(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 5], 9);
+ III(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[10], 11);
+ III(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[14], 7);
+ III(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[15], 7);
+ III(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 8], 12);
+ III(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[12], 7);
+ III(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 4], 6);
+ III(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 9], 15);
+ III(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 1], 13);
+ III(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 2], 11);
+
+ /* parallel round 3 */
+ HHH(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[15], 9);
+ HHH(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 5], 7);
+ HHH(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 1], 15);
+ HHH(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 3], 11);
+ HHH(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 7], 8);
+ HHH(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[14], 6);
+ HHH(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 6], 6);
+ HHH(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 9], 14);
+ HHH(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[11], 12);
+ HHH(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 8], 13);
+ HHH(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[12], 5);
+ HHH(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 2], 14);
+ HHH(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[10], 13);
+ HHH(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 0], 13);
+ HHH(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 4], 7);
+ HHH(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[13], 5);
+
+ /* parallel round 4 */
+ GGG(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 8], 15);
+ GGG(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 6], 5);
+ GGG(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 4], 8);
+ GGG(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 1], 11);
+ GGG(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 3], 14);
+ GGG(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[11], 14);
+ GGG(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[15], 6);
+ GGG(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 0], 14);
+ GGG(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 5], 6);
+ GGG(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[12], 9);
+ GGG(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 2], 12);
+ GGG(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[13], 9);
+ GGG(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 9], 12);
+ GGG(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 7], 5);
+ GGG(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[10], 15);
+ GGG(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[14], 8);
+
+ /* parallel round 5 */
+ FFF(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[12] , 8);
+ FFF(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[15] , 5);
+ FFF(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[10] , 12);
+ FFF(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 4] , 9);
+ FFF(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 1] , 12);
+ FFF(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 5] , 5);
+ FFF(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 8] , 14);
+ FFF(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 7] , 6);
+ FFF(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 6] , 8);
+ FFF(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 2] , 13);
+ FFF(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[13] , 6);
+ FFF(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[14] , 5);
+ FFF(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 0] , 15);
+ FFF(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 3] , 13);
+ FFF(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 9] , 11);
+ FFF(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[11] , 11);
+
+ /* combine results */
+ ddd += cc + MDbuf[1]; /* final result for MDbuf[0] */
+ MDbuf[1] = MDbuf[2] + dd + eee;
+ MDbuf[2] = MDbuf[3] + ee + aaa;
+ MDbuf[3] = MDbuf[4] + aa + bbb;
+ MDbuf[4] = MDbuf[0] + bb + ccc;
+ MDbuf[0] = ddd;
+
+ return;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************/
+
+void MDfinish(dword *MDbuf, byte *strptr, dword lswlen, dword mswlen)
+{
+ unsigned int i; /* counter */
+ dword X[16]; /* message words */
+
+ memset(X, 0, 16*sizeof(dword));
+
+ /* put bytes from strptr into X */
+ for (i=0; i<(lswlen&63); i++) {
+ /* byte i goes into word X[i div 4] at pos. 8*(i mod 4) */
+ X[i>>2] ^= (dword) *strptr++ << (8 * (i&3));
+ }
+
+ /* append the bit m_n == 1 */
+ X[(lswlen>>2)&15] ^= (dword)1 << (8*(lswlen&3) + 7);
+
+ if ((lswlen & 63) > 55) {
+ /* length goes to next block */
+ compress(MDbuf, X);
+ memset(X, 0, 16*sizeof(dword));
+ }
+
+ /* append length in bits*/
+ X[14] = lswlen << 3;
+ X[15] = (lswlen >> 29) | (mswlen << 3);
+ compress(MDbuf, X);
+
+ return;
+}
+
+/************************ end of file rmd160.c **********************/
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/rmd160.h
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/********************************************************************\
+ *
+ * FILE: rmd160.h
+ *
+ * CONTENTS: Header file for a sample C-implementation of the
+ * RIPEMD-160 hash-function.
+ * TARGET: any computer with an ANSI C compiler
+ *
+ * AUTHOR: Antoon Bosselaers, ESAT-COSIC
+ * DATE: 1 March 1996
+ * VERSION: 1.0
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) Katholieke Universiteit Leuven
+ * 1996, All Rights Reserved
+ *
+ * Conditions for use of the RIPEMD-160 Software
+ *
+ * The RIPEMD-160 software is freely available for use under the terms and
+ * conditions described hereunder, which shall be deemed to be accepted by
+ * any user of the software and applicable on any use of the software:
+ *
+ * 1. K.U.Leuven Department of Electrical Engineering-ESAT/COSIC shall for
+ * all purposes be considered the owner of the RIPEMD-160 software and of
+ * all copyright, trade secret, patent or other intellectual property
+ * rights therein.
+ * 2. The RIPEMD-160 software is provided on an "as is" basis without
+ * warranty of any sort, express or implied. K.U.Leuven makes no
+ * representation that the use of the software will not infringe any
+ * patent or proprietary right of third parties. User will indemnify
+ * K.U.Leuven and hold K.U.Leuven harmless from any claims or liabilities
+ * which may arise as a result of its use of the software. In no
+ * circumstances K.U.Leuven R&D will be held liable for any deficiency,
+ * fault or other mishappening with regard to the use or performance of
+ * the software.
+ * 3. User agrees to give due credit to K.U.Leuven in scientific publications
+ * or communications in relation with the use of the RIPEMD-160 software
+ * as follows: RIPEMD-160 software written by Antoon Bosselaers,
+ * available at http://www.esat.kuleuven.be/~cosicart/ps/AB-9601/.
+ *
+\********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef RMD160H /* make sure this file is read only once */
+#define RMD160H
+
+/********************************************************************/
+
+/* typedef 8 and 32 bit types, resp. */
+/* adapt these, if necessary,
+ for your operating system and compiler */
+typedef unsigned char byte;
+typedef unsigned long dword;
+
+
+/********************************************************************/
+
+/* macro definitions */
+
+/* collect four bytes into one word: */
+#define BYTES_TO_DWORD(strptr) \
+ (((dword) *((strptr)+3) << 24) | \
+ ((dword) *((strptr)+2) << 16) | \
+ ((dword) *((strptr)+1) << 8) | \
+ ((dword) *(strptr)))
+
+/* ROL(x, n) cyclically rotates x over n bits to the left */
+/* x must be of an unsigned 32 bits type and 0 <= n < 32. */
+#define ROL(x, n) (((x) << (n)) | ((x) >> (32-(n))))
+
+/* the five basic functions F(), G() and H() */
+#define F(x, y, z) ((x) ^ (y) ^ (z))
+#define G(x, y, z) (((x) & (y)) | (~(x) & (z)))
+#define H(x, y, z) (((x) | ~(y)) ^ (z))
+#define I(x, y, z) (((x) & (z)) | ((y) & ~(z)))
+#define J(x, y, z) ((x) ^ ((y) | ~(z)))
+
+/* the ten basic operations FF() through III() */
+#define FF(a, b, c, d, e, x, s) {\
+ (a) += F((b), (c), (d)) + (x);\
+ (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
+ (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
+ }
+#define GG(a, b, c, d, e, x, s) {\
+ (a) += G((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x5a827999UL;\
+ (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
+ (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
+ }
+#define HH(a, b, c, d, e, x, s) {\
+ (a) += H((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x6ed9eba1UL;\
+ (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
+ (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
+ }
+#define II(a, b, c, d, e, x, s) {\
+ (a) += I((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x8f1bbcdcUL;\
+ (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
+ (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
+ }
+#define JJ(a, b, c, d, e, x, s) {\
+ (a) += J((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0xa953fd4eUL;\
+ (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
+ (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
+ }
+#define FFF(a, b, c, d, e, x, s) {\
+ (a) += F((b), (c), (d)) + (x);\
+ (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
+ (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
+ }
+#define GGG(a, b, c, d, e, x, s) {\
+ (a) += G((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x7a6d76e9UL;\
+ (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
+ (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
+ }
+#define HHH(a, b, c, d, e, x, s) {\
+ (a) += H((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x6d703ef3UL;\
+ (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
+ (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
+ }
+#define III(a, b, c, d, e, x, s) {\
+ (a) += I((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x5c4dd124UL;\
+ (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
+ (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
+ }
+#define JJJ(a, b, c, d, e, x, s) {\
+ (a) += J((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x50a28be6UL;\
+ (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
+ (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
+ }
+
+/********************************************************************/
+
+/* function prototypes */
+
+void MDinit(dword *MDbuf);
+/*
+ * initializes MDbuffer to "magic constants"
+ */
+
+void compress(dword *MDbuf, dword *X);
+/*
+ * the compression function.
+ * transforms MDbuf using message bytes X[0] through X[15]
+ */
+
+void MDfinish(dword *MDbuf, byte *strptr, dword lswlen, dword mswlen);
+/*
+ * puts bytes from strptr into X and pad out; appends length
+ * and finally, compresses the last block(s)
+ * note: length in bits == 8 * (lswlen + 2^32 mswlen).
+ * note: there are (lswlen mod 64) bytes left in strptr.
+ */
+
+#endif /* RMD160H */
+
+/*********************** end of file rmd160.h ***********************/
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/rsa.c
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+/*
+ * FONSM RSA handling library
+ *
+ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * Created: 20070306 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
+ *
+ * Based on axTLS
+ *
+ * $Id: fonrsa.c 405 2007-09-19 15:26:17Z jesus.pico $
+ */
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <common.h>
+#include "rsa.h"
+#include "rmd160.h"
+#include "bigint.h"
+#include "base64.h"
+
+#include "public_key.h"
+
+#define RMDsize 160 /* A RIPEMD-160 hash has 160 bits */
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t *buffer;
+ size_t size;
+} DER_key;
+
+typedef struct {
+ bigint *m; /* modulus */
+ bigint *e; /* public exponent */
+ int num_octets;
+ BI_CTX *bi_ctx; /* big integer handle */
+} RSA_parameters;
+
+typedef struct {
+ DER_key *derkey;
+ RSA_parameters *rsaparms;
+} RSA;
+
+static void CH_free_der_key(DER_key *key)
+{
+ free(key->buffer);
+ free(key);
+}
+
+int CH_decrypt(RSA_parameters *rsa, uint8_t *buffer_in, uint8_t *buffer_out)
+{
+ bigint *dat_bi;
+ bigint *decrypted_bi;
+ int byte_size;
+
+ byte_size = rsa->num_octets;
+ dat_bi = bi_import(rsa->bi_ctx, buffer_in, byte_size);
+ rsa->bi_ctx->mod_offset = BIGINT_M_OFFSET;
+ bi_copy(rsa->m);
+ decrypted_bi = bi_mod_power(rsa->bi_ctx, dat_bi, rsa->e);
+ bi_export(rsa->bi_ctx, decrypted_bi, buffer_out, byte_size);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+byte *RMDbinary(char *buffer, int len)
+{
+ byte data[1024]; /* contains current mess. block */
+ dword nbytes; /* length of this block */
+ dword MDbuf[RMDsize / 32]; /* contains (A, B, C, D(, E)) */
+ static byte hashcode[RMDsize / 8]; /* for final hash-value */
+ dword X[16]; /* current 16-word chunk */
+ unsigned int i, j; /* counters */
+ dword length[2]; /* length in bytes of message */
+ dword offset; /* # of unprocessed bytes at */
+ /* call of MDfinish */
+ int total = len;
+ char *tmp = buffer;
+ MDinit(MDbuf);
+ length[0] = 0;
+ length[1] = 0;
+ while ( len) {
+ memcpy(data, tmp, 1024);
+ if(len > 1024)
+ {
+ nbytes = 1024;
+ len -= 1024;
+ tmp += 1024;
+ } else {
+ nbytes = len;
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ /* process all complete blocks */
+ for (i = 0; i < (nbytes >> 6); i++) {
+ for (j = 0; j < 16; j++)
+ X[j] = BYTES_TO_DWORD(data + 64 * i + 4 * j);
+ compress(MDbuf, X);
+ }
+ /* update length[] */
+ if (length[0] + nbytes < length[0])
+ length[1]++; /* overflow to msb of length */
+ length[0] += nbytes;
+ }
+ /* finish: */
+ offset = length[0] & 0x3C0; /* extract bytes 6 to 10 inclusive */
+ MDfinish(MDbuf, data + offset, length[0], length[1]);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < RMDsize / 8; i += 4) {
+ hashcode[i] = MDbuf[i >> 2];
+ hashcode[i + 1] = (MDbuf[i >> 2] >> 8);
+ hashcode[i + 2] = (MDbuf[i >> 2] >> 16);
+ hashcode[i + 3] = (MDbuf[i >> 2] >> 24);
+ }
+
+ return (byte *) hashcode;
+}
+
+static DER_key *CH_load_pem_key(void)
+{
+ DER_key *ret;
+ uint8_t *buffer;
+ char *b64,*p,*t;
+ char key[1024];
+ size_t filesize;
+ int size;
+
+ if ((ret = (DER_key *)malloc(sizeof(DER_key))) == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ buffer = public_key;
+ p = (char *)buffer;
+ while ((*p != '\n') && (*p != '\0'))
+ p++;
+ if (*p == '\0') {
+ free(ret);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ p++;
+ b64 = t = p;
+ while((p - b64) <= filesize) {
+ if ((*p == '-')) {
+ break;
+ } else if ((*p != '\n') && (*p != ' ') && (*p != '\t')) {
+ *t = *p;
+ t++;
+ }
+ p++;
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ size = B64_decode(b64, key, strlen(b64), 1024);
+ if (size < 0) {
+ free(buffer);
+ free(ret);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ //free(buffer);
+ ret->buffer = (char *)malloc(size);
+ ret->size = size;
+ memcpy((void *)ret->buffer, (void *)key, size);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Similar to RSA_pub_key_new, rewritten to make this program depend only on bi module
+ */
+void CH_pub_key_new(RSA_parameters **rsa, const uint8_t *modulus, int mod_len, const uint8_t *pub_exp, int pub_len)
+{
+ RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters;
+
+ BI_CTX *bi_ctx = bi_initialize();
+ *rsa = (RSA_parameters *)calloc(1, sizeof(RSA_parameters));
+ rsa_parameters = *rsa;
+ rsa_parameters->bi_ctx = bi_ctx;
+ rsa_parameters->num_octets = (mod_len & 0xFFF0);
+ rsa_parameters->m = bi_import(bi_ctx, modulus, mod_len);
+ bi_set_mod(bi_ctx, rsa_parameters->m, BIGINT_M_OFFSET);
+ rsa_parameters->e = bi_import(bi_ctx, pub_exp, pub_len);
+ bi_permanent(rsa_parameters->e);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the public key specifics from an ASN.1 encoded file
+ * A function lacking in the exported axTLS API
+ *
+ * This is a really weird hack that only works with RSA public key
+ * files
+ */
+static int asn1_get_public_key(const uint8_t *buf, int len, RSA_parameters **rsa_parameters)
+{
+ uint8_t *modulus, *pub_exp;
+ int mod_len, pub_len;
+
+ pub_len = 3;
+ mod_len = len - 37;
+ if (buf[0] != 0x30) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ pub_exp = (uint8_t *)malloc(3);
+ modulus = (uint8_t *)malloc(mod_len);
+ memcpy(modulus, buf + 32 , mod_len);
+ memcpy(pub_exp, buf + 34 + mod_len, 3);
+ if (mod_len <= 0 || pub_len <= 0 )
+ return -1;
+ CH_pub_key_new(rsa_parameters, modulus, mod_len, pub_exp, pub_len);
+
+ free(modulus);
+ free(pub_exp);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* FR_init */
+void *FR_init(void)
+{
+ DER_key *derkey;
+ RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters;
+
+ derkey = CH_load_pem_key();
+ if ((asn1_get_public_key(derkey->buffer, derkey->size, &rsa_parameters)) != 0) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error: Extracting public key from file\n");
+ return 0;
+ }
+ CH_free_der_key(derkey);
+ return (void *)rsa_parameters;
+}
+
+FONRSA_ERROR FR_end(void *handle)
+{
+ RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters = (RSA_parameters *)handle;
+
+ free(rsa_parameters);
+ return FONRSA_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *
+ * Implementation of PKCS 1.5 padding, borrowed from
+ * Tom's code (public domain)
+ */
+
+/* Standalone FR_verify_file */
+FONRSA_ERROR FR_verify_file(void *handler, char *file_data, int file_len,
+ char *signature_buffer, int signature_size)
+{
+ int j;
+ byte *hashcode;
+ byte hash[20];
+ uint8_t *decrypted;
+ RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters = (RSA_parameters *)handler;
+
+ /* Calculates the RIPEMD-160 hash of the file */
+ hashcode = RMDbinary (file_data, file_len);
+
+ if (rsa_parameters->num_octets != signature_size)
+ return FONRSA_SIZE;
+ decrypted = (uint8_t *)malloc(rsa_parameters->num_octets);
+ if (CH_decrypt(rsa_parameters, signature_buffer, decrypted)) {
+ printf("Error: Decrypting signature\n");
+ return FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE;
+ }
+ memcpy(hash, decrypted + 492, 20);
+ //free(decrypted);
+ //free(signature_buffer);
+ for (j = 0; j < RMDsize/8; j++) {
+ if (hash[j] != hashcode[j])
+ return FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE;
+ }
+ return FONRSA_OK;
+}
+
+int rsa_check_signature(char *signature, int signature_len, char *buffer, int buffer_len)
+{
+ FONRSA_ERROR fonrsa_error;
+ void *handle;
+ handle = FR_init();
+ if (handle == NULL) {
+ printf("Error loading keys\n");
+ return 1;
+ }
+ fonrsa_error = FR_verify_file(handle, buffer, buffer_len, signature, signature_len);
+ FR_end(handle);
+ switch (fonrsa_error) {
+ case FONRSA_OK:
+ printf("Verified OK\n");
+ return 0;
+ case FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE:
+ printf("Verification failure\n");
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ printf("Verification error\n");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/rsa.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * FONSM RSA handling library, used by fonsmcd and foncheckrsa
+ *
+ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * Created: 20070306 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
+ *
+ * $Id: fonrsa.h 404 2007-09-17 10:41:31Z jesus.pico $
+ */
+#ifndef _FONRSA_H
+#define _FONRSA_H
+
+#define MINIMUM_PADING_BYTES_PKCS_1_5 3
+
+typedef enum {
+ FONRSA_OK = 0,
+ FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE = 1,
+ FONRSA_OPENKEY = 2,
+ FONRSA_SIZE = 3,
+ FONRSA_LOADFILE = 4,
+ FONRSA_CRYPT = 5,
+ FONRSA_DECRYPT = 6,
+ FONRSA_SAVEFILE = 7,
+ FONRSA_NOSYS = 8,
+ FONRSA_VERIFY = 9
+} FONRSA_ERROR;
+
+int rsa_check_signature(char *signature, int signature_len, char *buffer, int buffer_len);
+
+#endif
+
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/sign.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/*
+ * Signature interface
+ *
+ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
+ *
+ * Created: 20070417 Pablo Martín Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
+ *
+ * $Id: sign.h 389 2007-06-11 08:29:56Z pablo.martin $
+ */
+#ifndef __SIGN_H__
+#define __SIGN_H__
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+void SG_init(void);
+void *SG_start(char *private_key_path, char *public_key_path);
+void SG_stop(void *handle);
+int SG_crypt(void *data, unsigned char *text, int size_text, unsigned char *crypted_text,
+ unsigned int crypted_text_buffer_size, int *crypted_size);
+int SG_crypt_v2(void *data, unsigned char *text, int size_text, unsigned char *crypted_text,
+ unsigned int crypted_text_buffer_size, int *crypted_size);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* #ifdef __SIGN_H__ */
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/rsa/sign_openssl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+/*
+ * Signature using OpenSSL
+ *
+ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
+ *
+ * Created: 20070417 Pablo Martín Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
+ *
+ * $Id: sign_openssl.c 346 2007-05-10 19:51:38Z pablo.martin $
+ */
+/*
+ *
+ * How the RSA public and private key was generated
+ * To check .FON files
+ * openssl genrsa -out private_fon_rsa_key.pem 4096
+ * openssl rsa -in private_fon_rsa_key.pem -pubout -out public_fon_rsa_key.pem
+ *
+ * How the Status Manager public and private key was generated
+ * openssl genrsa -out private_sm_rsa_key.pem 2048
+ * openssl rsa -in private_sm_rsa_key.pem -pubout -out public_sm_rsa_key.pem
+ *
+ * How to sign using the RSA private key (This is what fonsign does)
+ * openssl dgst -rmd160 -sign private_fon_rsa_key.pem FILE > SIGNATURE
+ * How to verify using the RSA public key (This is what fonverify + foncheckrsa does)
+ * openssl dgst -rmd160 -verify public_fon_rsa_key.pem -signature SIGNATURE FILE
+ * Convert to DER file (to use it in La Fonera)
+ * openssl rsa -inform PEM -outform DER -pubin -in public_fon_rsa_key.pem -pubout -out public_fon_rsa_key.der
+ */
+#include <openssl/rsa.h>
+#include <openssl/ssl.h>
+#include <openssl/bn.h>
+#include <openssl/pem.h>
+#include <openssl/evp.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#ifndef __MAINTEST__
+#include "log.h"
+#else
+#define fon_warning printf
+#define fon_debug printf
+#define fon_critical printf
+#endif
+#include "sign.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+ RSA *rsa;
+ int rsa_size;
+ EVP_PKEY *pkey;
+ int pkey_size;
+ RSA *public_rsa;
+ int public_rsa_size;
+ EVP_PKEY *public_pkey;
+ int public_pkey_size;
+} Sign;
+
+typedef enum {
+ KEY_PUBLIC = 0,
+ KEY_PRIVATE
+} KEY_TYPE;
+
+static EVP_PKEY *SG_load_key(char *key_path, KEY_TYPE type);
+static unsigned char *load_file_in_buffer(char *path, int *size);
+static int save_file_from_buffer(char *path, char *buffer, int size);
+
+void SG_init(void)
+{
+ SSL_load_error_strings();
+ SSL_library_init();
+ OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms();
+ OpenSSL_add_all_ciphers();
+ OpenSSL_add_all_digests();
+}
+
+static unsigned char *load_file_in_buffer(char *path, int *size)
+{
+ char *buffer;
+ struct stat st;
+ int fd;
+
+ if (stat(path, &st))
+ return NULL;
+ buffer = (char *)malloc(st.st_size);
+ if (buffer == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ if ((fd = open(path, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
+ free(buffer);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (read(fd,buffer,st.st_size) != (ssize_t)st.st_size) {
+ free(buffer);
+ close(fd);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ *size = (int)st.st_size;
+ close(fd);
+ return buffer;
+}
+
+static int save_file_from_buffer(char *path, char *buffer, int size)
+{
+ int fd;
+
+ if ((fd = open(path, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT, 0644)) == -1)
+ return -1;
+ if (write(fd, buffer, (size_t)size) != ((ssize_t)size)) {
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ close(fd);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static EVP_PKEY *SG_load_key(char *key_path, KEY_TYPE type)
+{
+ BIO *key = NULL;
+ EVP_PKEY *pkey;
+
+ if ((key = BIO_new(BIO_s_file())) == NULL) {
+ //ERR_print_errors(err);
+ fon_warning("%s: Error calling BIO_new()\n", __FUNCTION__);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (BIO_read_filename(key, key_path) <= 0) {
+ fon_warning("%s: Error opening %s\n", __FUNCTION__, key_path);
+ // ERR_print_errors(err);
+ BIO_free(key);
+ }
+ if (type == KEY_PUBLIC) {
+ pkey = PEM_read_bio_PUBKEY(key, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ } else if (type == KEY_PRIVATE) {
+ pkey = PEM_read_bio_PrivateKey(key, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (pkey == NULL) {
+ fon_warning("%s: Error reading %s\n", __FUNCTION__, key_path);
+ BIO_free(key);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ BIO_free(key);
+ return pkey;
+}
+
+void *SG_start(char *private_key_path, char *public_key_path)
+{
+ Sign *sign;
+
+ if ((sign = (Sign *)malloc(sizeof(Sign))) == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ memset(sign, 0, sizeof(Sign));
+ if (private_key_path != NULL) {
+ if ((sign->pkey = SG_load_key(private_key_path, KEY_PRIVATE)) == NULL) {
+ fon_warning("%s: Error loading %s", __FUNCTION__, private_key_path);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ if (public_key_path != NULL) {
+ if ((sign->public_pkey = SG_load_key(public_key_path, KEY_PUBLIC)) == NULL) {
+ fon_warning("%s: Error loading %s", __FUNCTION__, public_key_path);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ if (sign->pkey != NULL) {
+ sign->pkey_size = EVP_PKEY_size(sign->pkey);
+ if ((sign->rsa = EVP_PKEY_get1_RSA(sign->pkey)) == NULL) {
+ EVP_PKEY_free(sign->pkey);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ if (sign->public_pkey != NULL) {
+ sign->public_pkey_size = EVP_PKEY_size(sign->public_pkey);
+ if ((sign->public_rsa = EVP_PKEY_get1_RSA(sign->public_pkey)) == NULL) {
+ EVP_PKEY_free(sign->pkey);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ if (((sign->rsa == NULL) && (private_key_path != NULL)) ||
+ ((sign->public_rsa == NULL) && (public_key_path != NULL))) {
+ fon_warning("%s: Error calling EVP_PKEY_get1_RSA()", __FUNCTION__);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (sign->rsa != NULL) {
+ sign->rsa_size = RSA_size(sign->rsa);
+ if (RSA_check_key(sign->rsa) != 1) {
+ fon_warning("%s: RSA key failure", __FUNCTION__);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (void *)sign;
+}
+
+void SG_stop(void *handle)
+{
+ Sign *sign = (Sign *)handle;
+
+ EVP_PKEY_free(sign->pkey);
+ EVP_PKEY_free(sign->public_pkey);
+ if (sign->rsa != NULL)
+ RSA_free(sign->rsa);
+ if (sign->public_rsa != NULL)
+ RSA_free(sign->public_rsa);
+ free(sign);
+}
+
+int SG_verify(void *data, unsigned char *text, unsigned int size_text,
+ unsigned char *signature, unsigned int size_signature)
+{
+ EVP_MD_CTX mdctx;
+ EVP_MD *md;
+ EVP_PKEY *pkey;
+ int ret;
+ Sign *sign = (Sign *)data;
+
+ md = (EVP_MD *)EVP_ripemd160();
+ if(!EVP_VerifyInit(&mdctx, md))
+ return 4;
+ if (!EVP_VerifyUpdate(&mdctx, (const void *)text, (unsigned int)size_text)) {
+ return 5;
+ }
+ ret = EVP_VerifyFinal(&mdctx, (const char *)signature, size_signature, sign->public_pkey);
+ EVP_PKEY_free(pkey);
+ EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup(&mdctx);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int SG_sign(void *data, void *text, unsigned int size_text, void *signature_buffer,
+ unsigned int size_signature_buffer, unsigned int *size_signature)
+{
+ unsigned char *digest[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE];
+ EVP_MD_CTX mdctx;
+ EVP_MD *md;
+ int ret;
+ Sign *sign = (Sign *)data;
+
+ if (size_signature_buffer < sign->pkey_size)
+ return 1;
+
+ md = (EVP_MD *)EVP_ripemd160();
+ EVP_SignInit(&mdctx, md);
+ if (!EVP_SignUpdate(&mdctx, (const void *)text, (unsigned int)size_text)) {
+ return 2;
+ }
+ if (!EVP_SignFinal(&mdctx, (unsigned char *)signature_buffer, (unsigned int *)size_signature, sign->pkey)) {
+ return 3;
+ }
+ EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup(&mdctx);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * It's not advised to crypt using RAW ... unless you have crypted the buffer using AES before.
+ */
+int SG_crypt(void *data, unsigned char *text, int size_text,
+ unsigned char *crypted_text, unsigned int crypted_text_buffer_size,
+ int *crypted_size)
+{
+ EVP_MD_CTX mdctx;
+ EVP_MD *md;
+ int retsize;
+ Sign *sign = (Sign *)data;
+
+ if (crypted_text_buffer_size < sign->pkey_size) {
+ fon_critical("%s: size_signature_buffer [%u] < %u", __FUNCTION__, size_text, sign->pkey_size);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (size_text != sign->pkey_size) {
+ fon_critical("%s: size_text [%u] != %u", __FUNCTION__, size_text, sign->pkey_size);
+ return 2;
+ }
+ /* The buffer is pre-padded with random data ... */
+ fon_debug("%s: About to call RSA_private_encrypt(%d, %x, %x, %x, %d)",
+ __FUNCTION__, size_text, crypted_text, sign->rsa, RSA_NO_PADDING);
+ retsize = RSA_private_encrypt(size_text, text, crypted_text, sign->rsa, RSA_NO_PADDING);
+ if (retsize == -1) {
+ fon_critical("%s: Error calling RSA_private_encrypt(%d, %x, %x, %x, %d)",
+ __FUNCTION__, size_text, crypted_text, sign->rsa, RSA_NO_PADDING);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ *crypted_size = retsize;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* SG_decrypt */
+int SG_decrypt(void *data, unsigned char *cryptext, int cryptext_size, unsigned char *plaintext,
+ int plaintext_buffer_size, int *plaintext_size)
+{
+ EVP_MD_CTX mdctx;
+ EVP_MD *md;
+ int retsize;
+ Sign *sign = (Sign *)data;
+
+ if (plaintext_buffer_size < sign->public_pkey_size) {
+ fon_critical("%s: plaintext_buffer_size [%u] < %u", __FUNCTION__, plaintext_buffer_size, sign->public_pkey_size);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (cryptext_size != sign->public_pkey_size) {
+ fon_critical("%s: cryptext_size [%u] != %u", __FUNCTION__, cryptext_size, sign->public_pkey_size);
+ return 2;
+ }
+ retsize = RSA_public_decrypt(cryptext_size, cryptext, plaintext, sign->public_rsa, RSA_NO_PADDING);
+ if (retsize == -1)
+ return 1;
+ *plaintext_size = retsize;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef __MAINTEST__
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ size_t argv0_size;
+ char *token;
+
+ argv0_size = strlen(argv[0]);
+ if (argv0_size < 7) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s?", argv[0]);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ token = argv[0] + argv0_size - 7;
+
+ SG_init();
+ if (!strcmp(token, "fonsign")) {
+ return main_fonsign(argc, argv);
+ } else if (!strcmp(token, "foncryp")) {
+ return main_foncryp(argc, argv);
+ }
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s?", argv[0]);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int main_foncryp(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ void *handle = NULL;
+ int encrypt = 0;
+ char *filebuffer = NULL;
+ char crypted[1024];
+ int size, crypted_size, ret;
+
+ if (argc != 5) {
+ printf("Usage: %s encrypt|decrypt <key_file> <file> <crypted_file>\n", argv[0]);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (!strcmp(argv[1], "encrypt")) {
+ printf("Encryption mode\n");
+ encrypt = 1;
+ } else
+ printf("Decryption mode\n");
+ if (encrypt)
+ handle = SG_start(argv[2], NULL);
+ else
+ handle = SG_start(NULL, argv[2]);
+ if (handle == NULL) {
+ printf("Error loading keys\n");
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ filebuffer = load_file_in_buffer(argv[3], &size);
+ if (filebuffer == NULL) {
+ printf("Error reading %s\n", argv[3]);
+ SG_stop(handle);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (encrypt)
+ ret = SG_crypt(handle, filebuffer, size, crypted, 1024, &crypted_size);
+ else
+ ret = SG_decrypt(handle, filebuffer, size, crypted, 1024, &crypted_size);
+
+ if (ret) {
+ printf("Error crypting %d bytes\n", size);
+ SG_stop(handle);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ printf("Crypted size %d\n", crypted_size);
+ if (save_file_from_buffer(argv[4], crypted, crypted_size)) {
+ printf("Error saving file\n");
+ SG_stop(handle);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ SG_stop(handle);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int main_fonsign(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ void *handle = NULL;
+ char signature_buffer[4096];
+ char *signature;
+ unsigned int signature_size;
+ struct stat st;
+ char *filebuffer = NULL;
+ int size;
+ int ret = -1;
+
+ if (argc != 5) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s <private_key_file> <public_key_file> <file_to_sign> <signature_file>\n", argv[0]);
+ goto end;
+ }
+ handle = SG_start(argv[1], argv[2]);
+ if (handle == NULL) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error calling SG_start(%s)\n", argv[1]);
+ goto end;
+ }
+ filebuffer = load_file_in_buffer(argv[3], &size);
+ if (filebuffer == NULL) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error reading %s\n", argv[3]);
+ goto end;
+ }
+ if (SG_sign(handle, filebuffer, size, signature_buffer, 4096, &signature_size)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error calling SG_sign()\n");
+ goto end;
+ }
+ ret = SG_verify(handle, filebuffer, size, signature_buffer, signature_size);
+ if (ret == 0)
+ fprintf(stderr, "signature failure\n");
+ else if (ret == 1) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "signature ok\n");
+ ret = 0;
+ } else {
+ fprintf(stderr, "signature error\n");
+ goto end;
+ }
+ if (save_file_from_buffer(argv[4], signature_buffer, signature_size)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %s\n", argv[4]);
+ goto end;
+ }
+ ret = 0;
+end:
+ if (filebuffer != NULL)
+ free(filebuffer);
+ if (handle != NULL)
+ SG_stop(handle);
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif
+
--- /dev/null
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# Copyright (c) 2001, Adam Dunkels.
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+# must display the following acknowledgement:
+# This product includes software developed by Adam Dunkels.
+# 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+# products derived from this software without specific prior
+# written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+# OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+# WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+# DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+# GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+# INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+# WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+# NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+# SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+# This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+#
+# $Id: Makefile,v 1.8.2.2 2003/10/04 22:54:17 adam Exp $
+#
+
+CC=gcc
+CFLAGS=-Wall -fpack-struct -DDUMP=0
+
+all: uip
+
+uip: uip.o uip_arch.o tapdev.o httpd.o main.o fs.o uip_arp.o
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $^ -o $@
+
+%.o: %.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $^ -o $@
+
+clean:
+ rm -f *.o *~ *core uip
+
+
+
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/fs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup httpd
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * HTTP server read-only file system code.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ *
+ * A simple read-only filesystem.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * $Id: fs.c,v 1.7.2.3 2003/10/07 13:22:27 adam Exp $
+ */
+
+#include "uip.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "fs.h"
+#include "fsdata.h"
+
+#include "fsdata.c"
+
+#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
+#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
+static u16_t count[FS_NUMFILES];
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static u8_t
+fs_strcmp(const char *str1, const char *str2)
+{
+ u8_t i;
+ i = 0;
+ loop:
+
+ if(str2[i] == 0 ||
+ str1[i] == '\r' ||
+ str1[i] == '\n') {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if(str1[i] != str2[i]) {
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+
+ ++i;
+ goto loop;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int
+fs_open(const char *name, struct fs_file *file)
+{
+#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
+#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
+ u16_t i = 0;
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+ struct fsdata_file_noconst *f;
+
+ for(f = (struct fsdata_file_noconst *)FS_ROOT;
+ f != NULL;
+ f = (struct fsdata_file_noconst *)f->next) {
+
+ if(fs_strcmp(name, f->name) == 0) {
+ file->data = f->data;
+ file->len = f->len;
+#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
+#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
+ ++count[i];
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+ return 1;
+ }
+#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
+#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
+ ++i;
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+fs_init(void)
+{
+#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
+#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
+ u16_t i;
+ for(i = 0; i < FS_NUMFILES; i++) {
+ count[i] = 0;
+ }
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
+#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
+u16_t fs_count
+(char *name)
+{
+ struct fsdata_file_noconst *f;
+ u16_t i;
+
+ i = 0;
+ for(f = (struct fsdata_file_noconst *)FS_ROOT;
+ f != NULL;
+ f = (struct fsdata_file_noconst *)f->next) {
+
+ if(fs_strcmp(name, f->name) == 0) {
+ return count[i];
+ }
+ ++i;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
--- /dev/null
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/fs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup httpd
+ * @{
+ */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * \file
+ * HTTP server read-only file system header file.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * $Id: fs.h,v 1.6.2.3 2003/10/07 13:22:27 adam Exp $
+ */
+#ifndef __FS_H__
+#define __FS_H__
+
+#include "uip.h"
+
+/**
+ * An open file in the read-only file system.
+ */
+struct fs_file {
+ char *data; /**< The actual file data. */
+ int len; /**< The length of the file data. */
+};
+
+/**
+ * Open a file in the read-only file system.
+ *
+ * \param name The name of the file.
+ *
+ * \param file The file pointer, which must be allocated by caller and
+ * will be filled in by the function.
+ */
+int fs_open(const char *name, struct fs_file *file);
+
+#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
+#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
+u16_t fs_count(char *name);
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the read-only file system.
+ */
+void fs_init(void);
+
+#endif /* __FS_H__ */
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/fsdata.c
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+static const char data_flashing_html[] = {
+ /* /flashing.html */
+ 0x2f, 0x66, 0x6c, 0x61, 0x73, 0x68, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x2e, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0,
+ 0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x30, 0x20, 0x32,
+ 0x30, 0x30, 0x20, 0x4f, 0x4b, 0xd, 0xa, 0x53, 0x65, 0x72,
+ 0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x75, 0x49, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x30,
+ 0x2e, 0x39, 0x20, 0x28, 0x68, 0x74, 0x74, 0x70, 0x3a, 0x2f,
+ 0x2f, 0x64, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x6b, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x2e, 0x63,
+ 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x75, 0x69,
+ 0x70, 0x2f, 0x29, 0xd, 0xa, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65,
+ 0x6e, 0x74, 0x2d, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x74,
+ 0x65, 0x78, 0x74, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0xd, 0xa,
+ 0xd, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x62,
+ 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x20, 0x73, 0x74, 0x79, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x3d,
+ 0x22, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x72, 0x67, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x30,
+ 0x70, 0x74, 0x20, 0x61, 0x75, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x68,
+ 0x65, 0x69, 0x67, 0x68, 0x74, 0x3a, 0x31, 0x30, 0x30, 0x25,
+ 0x3b, 0x20, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x23,
+ 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x62, 0x61, 0x63, 0x6b, 0x67,
+ 0x72, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x2d, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x6f,
+ 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x23, 0x66, 0x62, 0x62, 0x30, 0x33, 0x34,
+ 0x3b, 0x22, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x63, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72,
+ 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0x55, 0x70, 0x67, 0x72, 0x61,
+ 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x20, 0x73, 0x79, 0x73, 0x74, 0x65,
+ 0x6d, 0x20, 0x2e, 0x2e, 0x2e, 0x2e, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x31,
+ 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x63, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3e,
+ 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68,
+ 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0xa, };
+
+static const char data_fail_html[] = {
+ /* /fail.html */
+ 0x2f, 0x66, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x2e, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0,
+ 0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x30, 0x20, 0x32,
+ 0x30, 0x30, 0x20, 0x4f, 0x4b, 0xd, 0xa, 0x53, 0x65, 0x72,
+ 0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x75, 0x49, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x30,
+ 0x2e, 0x39, 0x20, 0x28, 0x68, 0x74, 0x74, 0x70, 0x3a, 0x2f,
+ 0x2f, 0x64, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x6b, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x2e, 0x63,
+ 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x75, 0x69,
+ 0x70, 0x2f, 0x29, 0xd, 0xa, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65,
+ 0x6e, 0x74, 0x2d, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x74,
+ 0x65, 0x78, 0x74, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0xd, 0xa,
+ 0xd, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9,
+ 0x3c, 0x68, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c,
+ 0x74, 0x69, 0x74, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x9,
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ 0x4c, 0x61, 0x46, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x65, 0x72, 0x61, 0x20, 0x46,
+ 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x61, 0x66, 0x65, 0x20, 0x55, 0x49,
+ 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x74, 0x69, 0x74, 0x6c, 0x65,
+ 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x3e, 0xa,
+ 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0x46, 0x6c, 0x61, 0x73,
+ 0x68, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x20, 0x66, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x65,
+ 0x64, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x45,
+ 0x52, 0x52, 0x4f, 0x52, 0x20, 0x2d, 0x20, 0x74, 0x68, 0x65,
+ 0x20, 0x69, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x67, 0x65, 0x20, 0x79, 0x6f, 0x75,
+ 0x20, 0x75, 0x70, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x65, 0x64, 0x20,
+ 0x66, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x64, 0x20, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x20,
+ 0x70, 0x61, 0x73, 0x73, 0x20, 0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x69, 0x66,
+ 0x69, 0x63, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x2e, 0x20, 0x50,
+ 0x6c, 0x65, 0x61, 0x73, 0x65, 0x20, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x6b, 0x65,
+ 0x20, 0x73, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x20, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x20, 0x75,
+ 0x73, 0x65, 0x20, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x20, 0x6f, 0x66, 0x66, 0x69,
+ 0x63, 0x69, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x20, 0x75, 0x70, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74,
+ 0x65, 0x20, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x76, 0x69, 0x64, 0x65, 0x64,
+ 0x20, 0x62, 0x79, 0x20, 0x68, 0x74, 0x74, 0x70, 0x3a, 0x2f,
+ 0x2f, 0x64, 0x6f, 0x77, 0x6e, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x2e,
+ 0x66, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x73, 0x66, 0x65, 0x72, 0x61, 0x2e,
+ 0x6f, 0x72, 0x67, 0x2f, 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x62, 0x6f,
+ 0x64, 0x79, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c,
+ 0x3e, 0xa, };
+
+static const char data_404_html[] = {
+ /* /404.html */
+ 0x2f, 0x34, 0x30, 0x34, 0x2e, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0,
+ 0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x30, 0x20, 0x34,
+ 0x30, 0x34, 0x20, 0x46, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x20, 0x6e, 0x6f,
+ 0x74, 0x20, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x64, 0xd, 0xa, 0x53,
+ 0x65, 0x72, 0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x75, 0x49, 0x50,
+ 0x2f, 0x30, 0x2e, 0x39, 0x20, 0x28, 0x68, 0x74, 0x74, 0x70,
+ 0x3a, 0x2f, 0x2f, 0x64, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x6b, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x73,
+ 0x2e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x2f,
+ 0x75, 0x69, 0x70, 0x2f, 0x29, 0xd, 0xa, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6e,
+ 0x74, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x2d, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3a,
+ 0x20, 0x74, 0x65, 0x78, 0x74, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c,
+ 0xd, 0xa, 0xd, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e,
+ 0x3c, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x20, 0x62, 0x67, 0x63, 0x6f,
+ 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x3d, 0x22, 0x77, 0x68, 0x69, 0x74, 0x65,
+ 0x22, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x63, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3e,
+ 0x3c, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0x34, 0x30, 0x34, 0x20, 0x2d, 0x20,
+ 0x66, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x20, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x20, 0x66,
+ 0x6f, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0x3c,
+ 0x2f, 0x63, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x2f,
+ 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d,
+ 0x6c, 0x3e, };
+
+static const char data_index_html[] = {
+ /* /index.html */
+ 0x2f, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x65, 0x78, 0x2e, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0,
+ 0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x30, 0x20, 0x32,
+ 0x30, 0x30, 0x20, 0x4f, 0x4b, 0xd, 0xa, 0x53, 0x65, 0x72,
+ 0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x75, 0x49, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x30,
+ 0x2e, 0x39, 0x20, 0x28, 0x68, 0x74, 0x74, 0x70, 0x3a, 0x2f,
+ 0x2f, 0x64, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x6b, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x2e, 0x63,
+ 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x75, 0x69,
+ 0x70, 0x2f, 0x29, 0xd, 0xa, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65,
+ 0x6e, 0x74, 0x2d, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x74,
+ 0x65, 0x78, 0x74, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0xd, 0xa,
+ 0xd, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9,
+ 0x3c, 0x68, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c,
+ 0x74, 0x69, 0x74, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x9,
+ 0x4c, 0x61, 0x46, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x65, 0x72, 0x61, 0x20, 0x46,
+ 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x61, 0x66, 0x65, 0x20, 0x55, 0x49,
+ 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x74, 0x69, 0x74, 0x6c, 0x65,
+ 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x3e,
+ 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x20, 0x73, 0x74,
+ 0x79, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x3d, 0x22, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x72, 0x67, 0x69,
+ 0x6e, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x30, 0x70, 0x74, 0x20, 0x61, 0x75, 0x74,
+ 0x6f, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x68, 0x65, 0x69, 0x67, 0x68, 0x74, 0x3a,
+ 0x31, 0x30, 0x30, 0x25, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x6f,
+ 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x23, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x62,
+ 0x61, 0x63, 0x6b, 0x67, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x2d,
+ 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x23, 0x66, 0x62,
+ 0x62, 0x30, 0x33, 0x34, 0x3b, 0x22, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9,
+ 0x3c, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0x4c, 0x61, 0x46, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x65,
+ 0x72, 0x61, 0x20, 0x46, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x61, 0x66,
+ 0x65, 0x20, 0x55, 0x49, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0xa,
+ 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x20, 0x6d, 0x65,
+ 0x74, 0x68, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x3d, 0x22, 0x70, 0x6f, 0x73, 0x74,
+ 0x22, 0x20, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3d,
+ 0x22, 0x6d, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x69, 0x70, 0x61, 0x72, 0x74,
+ 0x2f, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x2d, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 0x61,
+ 0x22, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x70,
+ 0x75, 0x74, 0x20, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3d, 0x66, 0x69,
+ 0x6c, 0x65, 0x20, 0x6e, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x3d, 0x66, 0x69,
+ 0x72, 0x6d, 0x77, 0x61, 0x72, 0x65, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9,
+ 0x9, 0x3c, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x70, 0x75, 0x74, 0x20, 0x74, 0x79,
+ 0x70, 0x65, 0x3d, 0x73, 0x75, 0x62, 0x6d, 0x69, 0x74, 0x3e,
+ 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x3e,
+ 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x3e, 0xa,
+ 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0xa, };
+
+static const char data_flash_html[] = {
+ /* /flash.html */
+ 0x2f, 0x66, 0x6c, 0x61, 0x73, 0x68, 0x2e, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0,
+ 0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x30, 0x20, 0x32,
+ 0x30, 0x30, 0x20, 0x4f, 0x4b, 0xd, 0xa, 0x53, 0x65, 0x72,
+ 0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x75, 0x49, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x30,
+ 0x2e, 0x39, 0x20, 0x28, 0x68, 0x74, 0x74, 0x70, 0x3a, 0x2f,
+ 0x2f, 0x64, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x6b, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x2e, 0x63,
+ 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x75, 0x69,
+ 0x70, 0x2f, 0x29, 0xd, 0xa, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65,
+ 0x6e, 0x74, 0x2d, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x74,
+ 0x65, 0x78, 0x74, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0xd, 0xa,
+ 0xd, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9,
+ 0x3c, 0x68, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c,
+ 0x74, 0x69, 0x74, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x9,
+ 0x4c, 0x61, 0x46, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x65, 0x72, 0x61, 0x20, 0x46,
+ 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x61, 0x66, 0x65, 0x20, 0x55, 0x49,
+ 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x74, 0x69, 0x74, 0x6c, 0x65,
+ 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x3e,
+ 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x20, 0x73, 0x74,
+ 0x79, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x3d, 0x22, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x72, 0x67, 0x69,
+ 0x6e, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x30, 0x70, 0x74, 0x20, 0x61, 0x75, 0x74,
+ 0x6f, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x68, 0x65, 0x69, 0x67, 0x68, 0x74, 0x3a,
+ 0x31, 0x30, 0x30, 0x25, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x6f,
+ 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x23, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x62,
+ 0x61, 0x63, 0x6b, 0x67, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x2d,
+ 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x23, 0x66, 0x62,
+ 0x62, 0x30, 0x33, 0x34, 0x3b, 0x22, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9,
+ 0x3c, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0x46, 0x6c, 0x61, 0x73, 0x68, 0x69,
+ 0x6e, 0x67, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9,
+ 0x54, 0x68, 0x65, 0x20, 0x73, 0x79, 0x73, 0x74, 0x65, 0x6d,
+ 0x20, 0x69, 0x73, 0x20, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x77, 0x20, 0x74, 0x72,
+ 0x79, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x20, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x20, 0x66, 0x6c,
+ 0x61, 0x73, 0x68, 0x2e, 0x20, 0x49, 0x66, 0x20, 0x74, 0x68,
+ 0x65, 0x72, 0x65, 0x20, 0x69, 0x73, 0x20, 0x61, 0x20, 0x70,
+ 0x72, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x6d, 0x2c, 0x20, 0x74, 0x68,
+ 0x65, 0x20, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x64, 0x73, 0x20, 0x77, 0x69, 0x6c,
+ 0x6c, 0x20, 0x73, 0x74, 0x61, 0x72, 0x74, 0x20, 0x74, 0x6f,
+ 0x20, 0x62, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x6b, 0x2e, 0xa, 0xa, 0x9,
+ 0x9, 0x41, 0x66, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x20, 0x61, 0x20, 0x73,
+ 0x75, 0x63, 0x63, 0x65, 0x73, 0x73, 0x66, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x6c,
+ 0x20, 0x75, 0x70, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x20, 0x74, 0x68,
+ 0x65, 0x20, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x78, 0x20, 0x77, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x6c,
+ 0x20, 0x72, 0x65, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x74, 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c,
+ 0x2f, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68,
+ 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0xa, };
+
+const struct fsdata_file file_flashing_html[] = {{NULL, data_flashing_html, data_flashing_html + 15, sizeof(data_flashing_html) - 15}};
+
+const struct fsdata_file file_fail_html[] = {{file_flashing_html, data_fail_html, data_fail_html + 11, sizeof(data_fail_html) - 11}};
+
+const struct fsdata_file file_404_html[] = {{file_fail_html, data_404_html, data_404_html + 10, sizeof(data_404_html) - 10}};
+
+const struct fsdata_file file_index_html[] = {{file_404_html, data_index_html, data_index_html + 12, sizeof(data_index_html) - 12}};
+
+const struct fsdata_file file_flash_html[] = {{file_index_html, data_flash_html, data_flash_html + 12, sizeof(data_flash_html) - 12}};
+
+#define FS_ROOT file_flash_html
+
+#define FS_NUMFILES 5
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/fsdata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * $Id: fsdata.h,v 1.4.2.1 2003/10/04 22:54:06 adam Exp $
+ */
+#ifndef __FSDATA_H__
+#define __FSDATA_H__
+
+#include "uipopt.h"
+
+struct fsdata_file {
+ const struct fsdata_file *next;
+ const char *name;
+ const char *data;
+ const int len;
+#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
+#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
+ u16_t count;
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+};
+
+struct fsdata_file_noconst {
+ struct fsdata_file *next;
+ char *name;
+ char *data;
+ int len;
+#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
+#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
+ u16_t count;
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
+};
+
+#endif /* __FSDATA_H__ */
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/httpd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+#include "uip.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "fs.h"
+#include "fsdata.h"
+#include <asm/addrspace.h>
+
+#define HTTP_NONE 0
+#define HTTP_FILE 1
+#define HTTP_FIRMWARE 2
+
+#define PRINT(x) printf("%s", x)
+#define PRINTLN(x) printf("%s\n", x)
+
+extern unsigned long do_http_tmp_address(void);
+
+struct httpd_state *hs;
+
+extern const struct fsdata_file file_index_html;
+extern const struct fsdata_file file_404_html;
+extern const struct fsdata_file file_flash_html;
+extern int httpd_upload_complete;
+extern unsigned char *httpd_upload_data;
+unsigned char *upload_data;
+extern ulong NetBootFileXferSize;
+int upload_running = 0;
+
+#define ISO_G 0x47
+#define ISO_E 0x45
+#define ISO_T 0x54
+#define ISO_P 0x50
+#define ISO_O 0x4f
+#define ISO_S 0x53
+#define ISO_T 0x54
+#define ISO_slash 0x2f
+#define ISO_c 0x63
+#define ISO_g 0x67
+#define ISO_i 0x69
+#define ISO_space 0x20
+#define ISO_nl 0x0a
+#define ISO_cr 0x0d
+#define ISO_a 0x61
+#define ISO_t 0x74
+#define ISO_hash 0x23
+#define ISO_period 0x2e
+
+static char eol[3] = { 0x0d, 0x0a, 0x00 };
+static char eol2[5] = { 0x0d, 0x0a, 0x0d, 0x0a, 0x00 };
+static char boundary[128];
+static int boundary_len = 0;
+
+/* we use this so that we can do without the ctype library */
+#define is_digit(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9')
+static int atoi(const char *s)
+{
+ int i=0;
+
+ while (is_digit(*s))
+ i = i*10 + *(s++) - '0';
+ return i;
+}
+
+void
+httpd_init(void)
+{
+ fs_init();
+ uip_listen(HTONS(80));
+}
+
+void
+httpd_appcall(void)
+{
+ struct fs_file fsfile;
+ u8_t i;
+ switch(uip_conn->lport) {
+ case HTONS(80):
+ hs = (struct httpd_state *)(uip_conn->appstate);
+ if(uip_connected())
+ {
+ hs->state = HTTP_NONE;
+ hs->count = 0;
+ return;
+ } else if(uip_poll())
+ {
+ if(hs->count++ >= 1000) {
+ uip_abort();
+ }
+ return;
+ } else if(uip_newdata() && hs->state == HTTP_NONE)
+ {
+ if(uip_appdata[0] == ISO_G &&
+ uip_appdata[1] == ISO_E &&
+ uip_appdata[2] == ISO_T &&
+ uip_appdata[3] == ISO_space)
+ {
+ hs->state = HTTP_FILE;
+ }
+ if(uip_appdata[0] == ISO_P &&
+ uip_appdata[1] == ISO_O &&
+ uip_appdata[2] == ISO_S &&
+ uip_appdata[3] == ISO_T &&
+ uip_appdata[4] == ISO_space)
+ {
+ hs->state = HTTP_FIRMWARE;
+ }
+ if(hs->state == HTTP_NONE)
+ {
+ uip_abort();
+ return;
+ }
+ if(hs->state == HTTP_FILE)
+ {
+ for(i = 4; i < 40; ++i)
+ {
+ if(uip_appdata[i] == ISO_space ||
+ uip_appdata[i] == ISO_cr ||
+ uip_appdata[i] == ISO_nl)
+ {
+ uip_appdata[i] = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ PRINT("request for file ");
+ PRINTLN(&uip_appdata[4]);
+ if(uip_appdata[4] == ISO_slash &&
+ uip_appdata[5] == 0)
+ {
+ fs_open(file_index_html.name, &fsfile);
+ } else {
+ if(!fs_open((const char *)&uip_appdata[4], &fsfile))
+ {
+ PRINTLN("couldn't open file");
+ fs_open(file_index_html.name, &fsfile);
+ }
+ }
+ hs->script = 0;
+ hs->state = HTTP_FILE;
+ hs->dataptr = fsfile.data;
+ hs->count = fsfile.len;
+ }
+ if(hs->state == HTTP_FIRMWARE)
+ {
+ unsigned char *start = (unsigned char*)uip_appdata;
+ char *clen = strstr(start, "Content-Length:");
+ int len = 0;
+ unsigned char *next, *end;
+ unsigned char *boundary_start;
+ int i;
+ uip_appdata[uip_len] = '\0';
+ if(clen)
+ {
+ clen += sizeof("Content-Length:");
+ next = strstr(clen, eol);
+ if(next)
+ {
+ len = atoi(clen);
+ next++;
+ printf("expecting %d bytes\n", len);
+ upload_data = httpd_upload_data = (unsigned char *)do_http_tmp_address();
+ printf("received data will be stored at 0x%08X\n", upload_data);
+ if(!upload_data)
+ {
+ printf("failed to allocate memory\n");
+ uip_close();
+ return;
+ }
+ } else {
+ uip_close();
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ if(len < 4 * 1024)
+ {
+ uip_close();
+ return;
+ }
+ boundary_start = strstr(next, "---");
+ if(!boundary_start)
+ {
+ uip_close();
+ return;
+ }
+ end = strstr(boundary_start, eol);
+ if(!eol)
+ {
+ uip_close();
+ return;
+ }
+ boundary_len = end - boundary_start;
+ memcpy(boundary, boundary_start, boundary_len);
+ boundary[boundary_len] = 0;
+ next = strstr(boundary_start, "name=\"firmware\";");
+ if(!next)
+ {
+ uip_close();
+ return;
+ }
+ next = strstr(next, eol2);
+ if(!next)
+ {
+ printf("could not find start of data\n");
+ uip_close();
+ return;
+ }
+ next += 4;
+ hs->script = 0;
+ hs->state = HTTP_FIRMWARE;
+ hs->upload = uip_len - (next - start);
+ hs->upload_total = len - (int)(next - boundary_start);
+ hs->upload_total -= (strlen(boundary) + 6);
+ //printf("storing %d bytes at %p\n", (int)hs->upload, upload_data);
+ for(i = 0; i < hs->upload; i++)
+ upload_data[i] = next[i];
+ upload_data += (int)hs->upload;
+ printf("%d / %d\n", (int)hs->upload, hs->upload_total);
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(hs->state == HTTP_FIRMWARE)
+ {
+ if(uip_newdata())
+ {
+ int i;
+ hs->count = 0;
+ uip_appdata[uip_len] = '\0';
+ hs->upload += uip_len;
+ //printf("storing %d bytes at %p\n", uip_len, upload_data);
+ printf("%d / %d\n", (int)hs->upload, hs->upload_total);
+ for(i = 0; i < uip_len; i++)
+ upload_data[i] = uip_appdata[i];
+ upload_data += uip_len;
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ if(hs->upload >= hs->upload_total)
+ {
+ upload_running = 1;
+ NetBootFileXferSize = hs->upload_total;
+ fs_open(file_flash_html.name, &fsfile);
+ hs->script = 0;
+ hs->state = HTTP_FILE;
+ hs->dataptr = fsfile.data;
+ hs->count = fsfile.len;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if(hs->state == HTTP_FILE)
+ {
+ if(uip_acked())
+ {
+ if(hs->count >= uip_conn->len)
+ {
+ hs->count -= uip_conn->len;
+ hs->dataptr += uip_conn->len;
+ } else {
+ hs->count = 0;
+ }
+ if(hs->count == 0)
+ {
+ if(upload_running)
+ {
+ int i;
+ httpd_upload_complete = 1;
+ // for(i = 0; i < hs->upload_total; i++)
+ // printf("%c", httpd_upload_data[i]);
+ }
+ uip_close();
+ }
+ }
+ uip_send(hs->dataptr, hs->count);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ uip_abort();
+ break;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/httpd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup httpd
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * HTTP server header file.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: httpd.h,v 1.4.2.3 2003/10/06 22:56:44 adam Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HTTPD_H__
+#define __HTTPD_H__
+
+void httpd_init(void);
+void httpd_appcall(void);
+
+/* UIP_APPCALL: the name of the application function. This function
+ must return void and take no arguments (i.e., C type "void
+ appfunc(void)"). */
+#ifndef UIP_APPCALL
+#define UIP_APPCALL httpd_appcall
+#endif
+
+struct httpd_state {
+ u8_t state;
+ u16_t count;
+ char *dataptr;
+ char *script;
+ unsigned int upload;
+ unsigned int upload_total;
+};
+
+
+/* UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE: The size of the application-specific state
+ stored in the uip_conn structure. */
+#ifndef UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE
+#define UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE (sizeof(struct httpd_state))
+#endif
+
+#define FS_STATISTICS 1
+
+extern struct httpd_state *hs;
+
+
+/* we copy the data to RAM+10MB */
+#define TMP_DATA 0x8A100000
+
+#endif /* __HTTPD_H__ */
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: main.c,v 1.10.2.1 2003/10/04 22:54:17 adam Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+
+#include "uip.h"
+#include "uip_arp.h"
+#include "tapdev.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+
+#define BUF ((struct uip_eth_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL (void *)0
+#endif /* NULL */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int
+main(void)
+{
+ u8_t i, arptimer;
+ tapdev_init();
+ uip_init();
+ httpd_init();
+ arptimer = 0;
+ while(1) {
+ uip_len = tapdev_read();
+ if(uip_len == 0) {
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++) {
+ uip_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ tapdev_send();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(++arptimer == 20) {
+ uip_arp_timer();
+ arptimer = 0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if(BUF->type == htons(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP)) {
+ uip_arp_ipin();
+ uip_input();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ tapdev_send();
+ }
+ } else if(BUF->type == htons(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP)) {
+ uip_arp_arpin();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ tapdev_send();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/tapdev.c
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * $Id: tapdev.c,v 1.7.2.1 2003/10/07 13:23:19 adam Exp $
+ */
+
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+#ifdef linux
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <linux/if.h>
+#include <linux/if_tun.h>
+#define DEVTAP "/dev/net/tun"
+#else /* linux */
+#define DEVTAP "/dev/tap0"
+#endif /* linux */
+
+#include "uip.h"
+
+static int fd;
+
+static unsigned long lasttime;
+static struct timezone tz;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+tapdev_init(void)
+{
+ char buf[1024];
+
+ fd = open(DEVTAP, O_RDWR);
+ if(fd == -1) {
+ perror("tapdev: tapdev_init: open");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+#ifdef linux
+ {
+ struct ifreq ifr;
+ memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr));
+ ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_TAP|IFF_NO_PI;
+ if (ioctl(fd, TUNSETIFF, (void *) &ifr) < 0) {
+ perror(buf);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* Linux */
+
+ snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "ifconfig tap0 inet %d.%d.%d.%d",
+ UIP_DRIPADDR0, UIP_DRIPADDR1, UIP_DRIPADDR2, UIP_DRIPADDR3);
+ system(buf);
+
+ lasttime = 0;
+}
+
+void dump_mem(int type, int len)
+{
+#if DUMP == 1
+ int i;
+ for(i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ printf("%c", uip_buf[i]);
+ if(type)
+ {
+ printf("\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01");
+ printf("\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01");
+ } else {
+ printf("\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02");
+ printf("\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02");
+ }
+ fflush(stdout);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+unsigned int
+tapdev_read(void)
+{
+ fd_set fdset;
+ struct timeval tv, now;
+ int ret;
+
+ if(lasttime >= 500000) {
+ lasttime = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ tv.tv_sec = 0;
+ tv.tv_usec = 500000 - lasttime;
+
+
+ FD_ZERO(&fdset);
+ FD_SET(fd, &fdset);
+
+ gettimeofday(&now, &tz);
+ ret = select(fd + 1, &fdset, NULL, NULL, &tv);
+ if(ret == 0) {
+ lasttime = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ ret = read(fd, uip_buf, UIP_BUFSIZE);
+ if(ret == -1) {
+ perror("tap_dev: tapdev_read: read");
+ }
+ gettimeofday(&tv, &tz);
+ lasttime += (tv.tv_sec - now.tv_sec) * 1000000 + (tv.tv_usec - now.tv_usec);
+ dump_mem(0, ret);
+ return ret;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+tapdev_send(void)
+{
+ int ret;
+ struct iovec iov[2];
+
+#ifdef linux
+ {
+ char tmpbuf[UIP_BUFSIZE];
+ int i;
+
+ for(i = 0; i < 40 + UIP_LLH_LEN; i++) {
+ tmpbuf[i] = uip_buf[i];
+ }
+
+ for(; i < uip_len; i++) {
+ tmpbuf[i] = uip_appdata[i - 40 - UIP_LLH_LEN];
+ }
+
+ ret = write(fd, tmpbuf, uip_len);
+ }
+#else
+
+ if(uip_len < 40 + UIP_LLH_LEN) {
+ ret = write(fd, uip_buf, uip_len + UIP_LLH_LEN);
+ } else {
+ iov[0].iov_base = uip_buf;
+ iov[0].iov_len = 40 + UIP_LLH_LEN;
+ iov[1].iov_base = (char *)uip_appdata;
+ iov[1].iov_len = uip_len - (40 + UIP_LLH_LEN);
+
+ ret = writev(fd, iov, 2);
+ }
+#endif
+ dump_mem(1, ret);
+
+ if(ret == -1) {
+ perror("tap_dev: tapdev_send: writev");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/tapdev.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: tapdev.h,v 1.1.2.1 2003/10/04 22:54:17 adam Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TAPDEV_H__
+#define __TAPDEV_H__
+
+void tapdev_init(void);
+unsigned int tapdev_read(void);
+void tapdev_send(void);
+
+#endif /* __TAPDEV_H__ */
--- /dev/null
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/uip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1503 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * The uIP TCP/IP stack code.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ */
+
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/*
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * $Id: uip.c,v 1.62.2.10 2003/10/07 13:23:01 adam Exp $
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
+ */
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/*
+This is a small implementation of the IP and TCP protocols (as well as
+some basic ICMP stuff). The implementation couples the IP, TCP and the
+application layers very tightly. To keep the size of the compiled code
+down, this code also features heavy usage of the goto statement.
+
+The principle is that we have a small buffer, called the uip_buf, in
+which the device driver puts an incoming packet. The TCP/IP stack
+parses the headers in the packet, and calls upon the application. If
+the remote host has sent data to the application, this data is present
+in the uip_buf and the application read the data from there. It is up
+to the application to put this data into a byte stream if needed. The
+application will not be fed with data that is out of sequence.
+
+If the application whishes to send data to the peer, it should put its
+data into the uip_buf, 40 bytes from the start of the buffer. The
+TCP/IP stack will calculate the checksums, and fill in the necessary
+header fields and finally send the packet back to the peer.
+*/
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+#include "uip.h"
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#include "uipopt.h"
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+#include "uip_arch.h"
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable definitions. */
+
+
+/* The IP address of this host. If it is defined to be fixed (by setting UIP_FIXEDADDR to 1 in uipopt.h), the address is set here. Otherwise, the address */
+#if UIP_FIXEDADDR > 0
+const unsigned short int uip_hostaddr[2] =
+ {HTONS((UIP_IPADDR0 << 8) | UIP_IPADDR1),
+ HTONS((UIP_IPADDR2 << 8) | UIP_IPADDR3)};
+const unsigned short int uip_arp_draddr[2] =
+ {HTONS((UIP_DRIPADDR0 << 8) | UIP_DRIPADDR1),
+ HTONS((UIP_DRIPADDR2 << 8) | UIP_DRIPADDR3)};
+const unsigned short int uip_arp_netmask[2] =
+ {HTONS((UIP_NETMASK0 << 8) | UIP_NETMASK1),
+ HTONS((UIP_NETMASK2 << 8) | UIP_NETMASK3)};
+#else
+unsigned short int uip_hostaddr[2];
+unsigned short int uip_arp_draddr[2], uip_arp_netmask[2];
+#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
+
+u8_t uip_buf[UIP_BUFSIZE+2]; /* The packet buffer that contains
+ incoming packets. */
+volatile u8_t *uip_appdata; /* The uip_appdata pointer points to
+ application data. */
+volatile u8_t *uip_sappdata; /* The uip_appdata pointer points to the
+ application data which is to be sent. */
+#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
+volatile u8_t *uip_urgdata; /* The uip_urgdata pointer points to
+ urgent data (out-of-band data), if
+ present. */
+volatile u8_t uip_urglen, uip_surglen;
+#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+
+volatile unsigned short int uip_len, uip_slen;
+ /* The uip_len is either 8 or 16 bits,
+ depending on the maximum packet
+ size. */
+
+volatile u8_t uip_flags; /* The uip_flags variable is used for
+ communication between the TCP/IP stack
+ and the application program. */
+struct uip_conn *uip_conn; /* uip_conn always points to the current
+ connection. */
+
+struct uip_conn uip_conns[UIP_CONNS];
+ /* The uip_conns array holds all TCP
+ connections. */
+unsigned short int uip_listenports[UIP_LISTENPORTS];
+ /* The uip_listenports list all currently
+ listning ports. */
+#if UIP_UDP
+struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_conn;
+struct uip_udp_conn uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS];
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+
+static unsigned short int ipid; /* Ths ipid variable is an increasing
+ number that is used for the IP ID
+ field. */
+
+static u8_t iss[4]; /* The iss variable is used for the TCP
+ initial sequence number. */
+
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+static unsigned short int lastport; /* Keeps track of the last port used for
+ a new connection. */
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+/* Temporary variables. */
+volatile u8_t uip_acc32[4];
+static u8_t c, opt;
+static unsigned short int tmp16;
+
+/* Structures and definitions. */
+#define TCP_FIN 0x01
+#define TCP_SYN 0x02
+#define TCP_RST 0x04
+#define TCP_PSH 0x08
+#define TCP_ACK 0x10
+#define TCP_URG 0x20
+#define TCP_CTL 0x3f
+
+#define ICMP_ECHO_REPLY 0
+#define ICMP_ECHO 8
+
+/* Macros. */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+#define BUF ((uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#define FBUF ((uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_reassbuf[0])
+#define ICMPBUF ((uip_icmpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
+#define UDPBUF ((uip_udpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
+
+#if UIP_STATISTICS == 1
+struct uip_stats uip_stat;
+#define UIP_STAT(s) s
+#else
+#define UIP_STAT(s)
+#endif /* UIP_STATISTICS == 1 */
+
+#if UIP_LOGGING == 1
+extern void puts(const char *s);
+#define UIP_LOG(m) puts(m)
+#else
+#define UIP_LOG(m)
+#endif /* UIP_LOGGING == 1 */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+uip_init(void)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+{
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
+ uip_listenports[c] = 0;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags = CLOSED;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+ lastport = 1024;
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+#if UIP_UDP
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ uip_udp_conns[c].lport = 0;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+
+ /* IPv4 initialization. */
+#if UIP_FIXEDADDR == 0
+ uip_hostaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[1] = 0;
+#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
+
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+struct uip_conn *
+uip_connect(unsigned short int *ripaddr, unsigned short int rport)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+{
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ register struct uip_conn *conn, *cconn;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Find an unused local port. */
+ again:
+ ++lastport;
+
+ if(lastport >= 32000) {
+ lastport = 4096;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Check if this port is already in use, and if so try to find
+ another one. */
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ conn = &uip_conns[c];
+ if(conn->tcpstateflags != CLOSED &&
+ conn->lport == htons(lastport)) {
+ goto again;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+ }
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ conn = 0;
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ cconn = &uip_conns[c];
+ if(cconn->tcpstateflags == CLOSED) {
+ conn = cconn;
+ break;
+ }
+ if(cconn->tcpstateflags == TIME_WAIT) {
+ if(conn == 0 ||
+ cconn->timer > uip_conn->timer) {
+ conn = cconn;
+ }
+ }
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if(conn == 0) {
+ return 0;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ conn->tcpstateflags = SYN_SENT;
+
+ conn->snd_nxt[0] = iss[0];
+ conn->snd_nxt[1] = iss[1];
+ conn->snd_nxt[2] = iss[2];
+ conn->snd_nxt[3] = iss[3];
+
+ conn->initialmss = conn->mss = UIP_TCP_MSS;
+
+ conn->len = 1; /* TCP length of the SYN is one. */
+ conn->nrtx = 0;
+ conn->timer = 1; /* Send the SYN next time around. */
+ conn->rto = UIP_RTO;
+ conn->sa = 0;
+ conn->sv = 16;
+ conn->lport = htons(lastport);
+ conn->rport = rport;
+ conn->ripaddr[0] = ripaddr[0];
+ conn->ripaddr[1] = ripaddr[1];
+
+ return conn;
+}
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if UIP_UDP
+struct uip_udp_conn *
+uip_udp_new(unsigned short int *ripaddr, unsigned short int rport)
+{
+ register struct uip_udp_conn *conn;
+
+ /* Find an unused local port. */
+ again:
+ ++lastport;
+
+ if(lastport >= 32000) {
+ lastport = 4096;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ if(uip_udp_conns[c].lport == lastport) {
+ goto again;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
+
+ conn = 0;
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ if(uip_udp_conns[c].lport == 0) {
+ conn = &uip_udp_conns[c];
+ break;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if(conn == 0) {
+ return 0;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ conn->lport = HTONS(lastport);
+ conn->rport = HTONS(rport);
+ conn->ripaddr[0] = ripaddr[0];
+ conn->ripaddr[1] = ripaddr[1];
+
+ return conn;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+}
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+void
+uip_unlisten(unsigned short int port)
+{
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
+ if(uip_listenports[c] == port) {
+ uip_listenports[c] = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_listen(unsigned short int port)
+{
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
+ if(uip_listenports[c] == 0) {
+ uip_listenports[c] = port;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* XXX: IP fragment reassembly: not well-tested. */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#if UIP_REASSEMBLY
+#define UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN)
+static u8_t uip_reassbuf[UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE];
+static u8_t uip_reassbitmap[UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE / (8 * 8)];
+static const u8_t bitmap_bits[8] = {0xff, 0x7f, 0x3f, 0x1f,
+ 0x0f, 0x07, 0x03, 0x01};
+static unsigned short int uip_reasslen;
+static u8_t uip_reassflags;
+#define UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG 0x01
+static u8_t uip_reasstmr;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#define IP_HLEN 20
+#define IP_MF 0x20
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+static u8_t
+uip_reass(void)
+{
+ unsigned short int offset, len;
+ unsigned short int i;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If ip_reasstmr is zero, no packet is present in the buffer, so we
+ write the IP header of the fragment into the reassembly
+ buffer. The timer is updated with the maximum age. */
+ if(uip_reasstmr == 0) {
+ memcpy(uip_reassbuf, &BUF->vhl, IP_HLEN);
+ uip_reasstmr = UIP_REASS_MAXAGE;
+ uip_reassflags = 0;
+ /* Clear the bitmap. */
+ memset(uip_reassbitmap, sizeof(uip_reassbitmap), 0);
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Check if the incoming fragment matches the one currently present
+ in the reasembly buffer. If so, we proceed with copying the
+ fragment into the buffer. */
+ if(BUF->srcipaddr[0] == FBUF->srcipaddr[0] &&
+ BUF->srcipaddr[1] == FBUF->srcipaddr[1] &&
+ BUF->destipaddr[0] == FBUF->destipaddr[0] &&
+ BUF->destipaddr[1] == FBUF->destipaddr[1] &&
+ BUF->ipid[0] == FBUF->ipid[0] &&
+ BUF->ipid[1] == FBUF->ipid[1]) {
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ len = (BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1] - (BUF->vhl & 0x0f) * 4;
+ offset = (((BUF->ipoffset[0] & 0x3f) << 8) + BUF->ipoffset[1]) * 8;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If the offset or the offset + fragment length overflows the
+ reassembly buffer, we discard the entire packet. */
+ if(offset > UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE ||
+ offset + len > UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE) {
+ uip_reasstmr = 0;
+ goto nullreturn;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Copy the fragment into the reassembly buffer, at the right
+ offset. */
+ memcpy(&uip_reassbuf[IP_HLEN + offset],
+ (char *)BUF + (int)((BUF->vhl & 0x0f) * 4),
+ len);
+
+ /* Update the bitmap. */
+ if(offset / (8 * 8) == (offset + len) / (8 * 8)) {
+ /* If the two endpoints are in the same byte, we only update
+ that byte. */
+
+ uip_reassbitmap[offset / (8 * 8)] |=
+ bitmap_bits[(offset / 8 ) & 7] &
+ ~bitmap_bits[((offset + len) / 8 ) & 7];
+ } else {
+ /* If the two endpoints are in different bytes, we update the
+ bytes in the endpoints and fill the stuff inbetween with
+ 0xff. */
+ uip_reassbitmap[offset / (8 * 8)] |=
+ bitmap_bits[(offset / 8 ) & 7];
+ for(i = 1 + offset / (8 * 8); i < (offset + len) / (8 * 8); ++i) {
+ uip_reassbitmap[i] = 0xff;
+ }
+ uip_reassbitmap[(offset + len) / (8 * 8)] |=
+ ~bitmap_bits[((offset + len) / 8 ) & 7];
+ }
+
+ /* If this fragment has the More Fragments flag set to zero, we
+ know that this is the last fragment, so we can calculate the
+ size of the entire packet. We also set the
+ IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG flag to indicate that we have received
+ the final fragment. */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if((BUF->ipoffset[0] & IP_MF) == 0) {
+ uip_reassflags |= UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG;
+ uip_reasslen = offset + len;
+ }
+
+ /* Finally, we check if we have a full packet in the buffer. We do
+ this by checking if we have the last fragment and if all bits
+ in the bitmap are set. */
+ if(uip_reassflags & UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG) {
+ /* Check all bytes up to and including all but the last byte in
+ the bitmap. */
+ for(i = 0; i < uip_reasslen / (8 * 8) - 1; ++i) {
+ if(uip_reassbitmap[i] != 0xff) {
+ goto nullreturn;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check the last byte in the bitmap. It should contain just the
+ right amount of bits. */
+ if(uip_reassbitmap[uip_reasslen / (8 * 8)] !=
+ (u8_t)~bitmap_bits[uip_reasslen / 8 & 7]) {
+ goto nullreturn;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If we have come this far, we have a full packet in the
+ buffer, so we allocate a pbuf and copy the packet into it. We
+ also reset the timer. */
+ uip_reasstmr = 0;
+ memcpy(BUF, FBUF, uip_reasslen);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Pretend to be a "normal" (i.e., not fragmented) IP packet
+ from now on. */
+ BUF->ipoffset[0] = BUF->ipoffset[1] = 0;
+ BUF->len[0] = uip_reasslen >> 8;
+ BUF->len[1] = uip_reasslen & 0xff;
+ BUF->ipchksum = 0;
+ BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum());
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ return uip_reasslen;
+ }
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ nullreturn:
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBL */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+static void
+uip_add_rcv_nxt(unsigned short int n)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+{
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_add32(uip_conn->rcv_nxt, n);
+ uip_conn->rcv_nxt[0] = uip_acc32[0];
+ uip_conn->rcv_nxt[1] = uip_acc32[1];
+ uip_conn->rcv_nxt[2] = uip_acc32[2];
+ uip_conn->rcv_nxt[3] = uip_acc32[3];
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+uip_process(u8_t flag)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+{
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ register struct uip_conn *uip_connr = uip_conn;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_appdata = &uip_buf[40 + UIP_LLH_LEN];
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
+ /* Check if we were invoked because of the perodic timer fireing. */
+ if(flag == UIP_TIMER) {
+#if UIP_REASSEMBLY
+ if(uip_reasstmr != 0) {
+ --uip_reasstmr;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */
+ /* Increase the initial sequence number. */
+ if(++iss[3] == 0) {
+ if(++iss[2] == 0) {
+ if(++iss[1] == 0) {
+ ++iss[0];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ uip_len = 0;
+ if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags == TIME_WAIT ||
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags == FIN_WAIT_2) {
+ ++(uip_connr->timer);
+ if(uip_connr->timer == UIP_TIME_WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = CLOSED;
+ }
+ } else if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags != CLOSED) {
+ /* If the connection has outstanding data, we increase the
+ connection's timer and see if it has reached the RTO value
+ in which case we retransmit. */
+ if(uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
+ if(uip_connr->timer-- == 0) {
+ if(uip_connr->nrtx == UIP_MAXRTX ||
+ ((uip_connr->tcpstateflags == SYN_SENT ||
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags == SYN_RCVD) &&
+ uip_connr->nrtx == UIP_MAXSYNRTX)) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = CLOSED;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* We call UIP_APPCALL() with uip_flags set to
+ UIP_TIMEDOUT to inform the application that the
+ connection has timed out. */
+ uip_flags = UIP_TIMEDOUT;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* We also send a reset packet to the remote host. */
+ BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK;
+ goto tcp_send_nodata;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Exponential backoff. */
+ uip_connr->timer = UIP_RTO << (uip_connr->nrtx > 4?
+ 4:
+ uip_connr->nrtx);
+ ++(uip_connr->nrtx);
+
+ /* Ok, so we need to retransmit. We do this differently
+ depending on which state we are in. In ESTABLISHED, we
+ call upon the application so that it may prepare the
+ data for the retransmit. In SYN_RCVD, we resend the
+ SYNACK that we sent earlier and in LAST_ACK we have to
+ retransmit our FINACK. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.rexmit);
+ switch(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & TS_MASK) {
+ case SYN_RCVD:
+ /* In the SYN_RCVD state, we should retransmit our
+ SYNACK. */
+ goto tcp_send_synack;
+
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+ case SYN_SENT:
+ /* In the SYN_SENT state, we retransmit out SYN. */
+ BUF->flags = 0;
+ goto tcp_send_syn;
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+ case ESTABLISHED:
+ /* In the ESTABLISHED state, we call upon the application
+ to do the actual retransmit after which we jump into
+ the code for sending out the packet (the apprexmit
+ label). */
+ uip_len = 0;
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ uip_flags = UIP_REXMIT;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto apprexmit;
+
+ case FIN_WAIT_1:
+ case CLOSING:
+ case LAST_ACK:
+ /* In all these states we should retransmit a FINACK. */
+ goto tcp_send_finack;
+
+ }
+ }
+ } else if((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & TS_MASK) == ESTABLISHED) {
+ /* If there was no need for a retransmission, we poll the
+ application for new data. */
+ uip_len = 0;
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ uip_flags = UIP_POLL;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto appsend;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ goto drop;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#if UIP_UDP
+ if(flag == UIP_UDP_TIMER) {
+ if(uip_udp_conn->lport != 0) {
+ uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + 28];
+ uip_len = uip_slen = 0;
+ uip_flags = UIP_POLL;
+ UIP_UDP_APPCALL();
+ goto udp_send;
+ } else {
+ goto drop;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#endif
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* This is where the input processing starts. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.recv);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
+ /* Start of IPv4 input header processing code. */
+
+ /* Check validity of the IP header. */
+ if(BUF->vhl != 0x45) { /* IP version and header length. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.vhlerr);
+ UIP_LOG("ip: invalid version or header length.");
+ goto drop;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Check the size of the packet. If the size reported to us in
+ uip_len doesn't match the size reported in the IP header, there
+ has been a transmission error and we drop the packet. */
+
+ if(BUF->len[0] != (uip_len >> 8)) { /* IP length, high byte. */
+ uip_len = (uip_len & 0xff) | (BUF->len[0] << 8);
+ }
+ if(BUF->len[1] != (uip_len & 0xff)) { /* IP length, low byte. */
+ uip_len = (uip_len & 0xff00) | BUF->len[1];
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Check the fragment flag. */
+ if((BUF->ipoffset[0] & 0x3f) != 0 ||
+ BUF->ipoffset[1] != 0) {
+#if UIP_REASSEMBLY
+ uip_len = uip_reass();
+ if(uip_len == 0) {
+ goto drop;
+ }
+#else
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.fragerr);
+ UIP_LOG("ip: fragment dropped.");
+ goto drop;
+#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If we are configured to use ping IP address configuration and
+ hasn't been assigned an IP address yet, we accept all ICMP
+ packets. */
+#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF
+ if((uip_hostaddr[0] | uip_hostaddr[1]) == 0) {
+ if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_ICMP) {
+ UIP_LOG("ip: possible ping config packet received.");
+ goto icmp_input;
+ } else {
+ UIP_LOG("ip: packet dropped since no address assigned.");
+ goto drop;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */
+
+ /* Check if the packet is destined for our IP address. */
+ if(BUF->destipaddr[0] != uip_hostaddr[0]) {
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ UIP_LOG("ip: packet not for us.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+ if(BUF->destipaddr[1] != uip_hostaddr[1]) {
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ UIP_LOG("ip: packet not for us.");
+ goto drop;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if(uip_ipchksum() != 0xffff) { /* Compute and check the IP header
+ checksum. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.chkerr);
+ UIP_LOG("ip: bad checksum.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_TCP) /* Check for TCP packet. If so, jump
+ to the tcp_input label. */
+ goto tcp_input;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#if UIP_UDP
+ if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_UDP)
+ goto udp_input;
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+ if(BUF->proto != UIP_PROTO_ICMP) { /* We only allow ICMP packets from
+ here. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.protoerr);
+ UIP_LOG("ip: neither tcp nor icmp.");
+ goto drop;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
+ //icmp_input:
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.recv);
+
+ /* ICMP echo (i.e., ping) processing. This is simple, we only change
+ the ICMP type from ECHO to ECHO_REPLY and adjust the ICMP
+ checksum before we return the packet. */
+ if(ICMPBUF->type != ICMP_ECHO) {
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.typeerr);
+ UIP_LOG("icmp: not icmp echo.");
+ goto drop;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If we are configured to use ping IP address assignment, we use
+ the destination IP address of this ping packet and assign it to
+ ourself. */
+#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF
+ if((uip_hostaddr[0] | uip_hostaddr[1]) == 0) {
+ uip_hostaddr[0] = BUF->destipaddr[0];
+ uip_hostaddr[1] = BUF->destipaddr[1];
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */
+
+ ICMPBUF->type = ICMP_ECHO_REPLY;
+
+ if(ICMPBUF->icmpchksum >= HTONS(0xffff - (ICMP_ECHO << 8))) {
+ ICMPBUF->icmpchksum += HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8) + 1;
+ } else {
+ ICMPBUF->icmpchksum += HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8);
+ }
+
+ /* Swap IP addresses. */
+ tmp16 = BUF->destipaddr[0];
+ BUF->destipaddr[0] = BUF->srcipaddr[0];
+ BUF->srcipaddr[0] = tmp16;
+ tmp16 = BUF->destipaddr[1];
+ BUF->destipaddr[1] = BUF->srcipaddr[1];
+ BUF->srcipaddr[1] = tmp16;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.sent);
+ goto send;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* End of IPv4 input header processing code. */
+
+
+#if UIP_UDP
+ /* UDP input processing. */
+ udp_input:
+ /* UDP processing is really just a hack. We don't do anything to the
+ UDP/IP headers, but let the UDP application do all the hard
+ work. If the application sets uip_slen, it has a packet to
+ send. */
+#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS
+ if(uip_udpchksum() != 0xffff) {
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.udp.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.udp.chkerr);
+ UIP_LOG("udp: bad checksum.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */
+
+ /* Demultiplex this UDP packet between the UDP "connections". */
+ for(uip_udp_conn = &uip_udp_conns[0];
+ uip_udp_conn < &uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS];
+ ++uip_udp_conn) {
+ if(uip_udp_conn->lport != 0 &&
+ UDPBUF->destport == uip_udp_conn->lport &&
+ (uip_udp_conn->rport == 0 ||
+ UDPBUF->srcport == uip_udp_conn->rport) &&
+ BUF->srcipaddr[0] == uip_udp_conn->ripaddr[0] &&
+ BUF->srcipaddr[1] == uip_udp_conn->ripaddr[1]) {
+ goto udp_found;
+ }
+ }
+ goto drop;
+
+ udp_found:
+ uip_len = uip_len - 28;
+ uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + 28];
+ uip_flags = UIP_NEWDATA;
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ UIP_UDP_APPCALL();
+ udp_send:
+ if(uip_slen == 0) {
+ goto drop;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_len = uip_slen + 28;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ BUF->len[0] = (uip_len >> 8);
+ BUF->len[1] = (uip_len & 0xff);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ BUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_UDP;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ UDPBUF->udplen = HTONS(uip_slen + 8);
+ UDPBUF->udpchksum = 0;
+#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS
+ /* Calculate UDP checksum. */
+ UDPBUF->udpchksum = ~(uip_udpchksum());
+ if(UDPBUF->udpchksum == 0) {
+ UDPBUF->udpchksum = 0xffff;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ BUF->srcport = uip_udp_conn->lport;
+ BUF->destport = uip_udp_conn->rport;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ BUF->srcipaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[0];
+ BUF->srcipaddr[1] = uip_hostaddr[1];
+ BUF->destipaddr[0] = uip_udp_conn->ripaddr[0];
+ BUF->destipaddr[1] = uip_udp_conn->ripaddr[1];
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + 40];
+ goto ip_send_nolen;
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* TCP input processing. */
+ tcp_input:
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.recv);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Start of TCP input header processing code. */
+
+ if(uip_tcpchksum() != 0xffff) { /* Compute and check the TCP
+ checksum. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.chkerr);
+ UIP_LOG("tcp: bad checksum.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+
+ /* Demultiplex this segment. */
+ /* First check any active connections. */
+ for(uip_connr = &uip_conns[0]; uip_connr < &uip_conns[UIP_CONNS]; ++uip_connr) {
+ if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags != CLOSED &&
+ BUF->destport == uip_connr->lport &&
+ BUF->srcport == uip_connr->rport &&
+ BUF->srcipaddr[0] == uip_connr->ripaddr[0] &&
+ BUF->srcipaddr[1] == uip_connr->ripaddr[1]) {
+ goto found;
+ }
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If we didn't find and active connection that expected the packet,
+ either this packet is an old duplicate, or this is a SYN packet
+ destined for a connection in LISTEN. If the SYN flag isn't set,
+ it is an old packet and we send a RST. */
+ if((BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) != TCP_SYN)
+ goto reset;
+
+ tmp16 = BUF->destport;
+ /* Next, check listening connections. */
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
+ if(tmp16 == uip_listenports[c])
+ goto found_listen;
+ }
+
+ /* No matching connection found, so we send a RST packet. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.synrst);
+ reset:
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* We do not send resets in response to resets. */
+ if(BUF->flags & TCP_RST)
+ goto drop;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.rst);
+
+ BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK;
+ uip_len = 40;
+ BUF->tcpoffset = 5 << 4;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Flip the seqno and ackno fields in the TCP header. */
+ c = BUF->seqno[3];
+ BUF->seqno[3] = BUF->ackno[3];
+ BUF->ackno[3] = c;
+
+ c = BUF->seqno[2];
+ BUF->seqno[2] = BUF->ackno[2];
+ BUF->ackno[2] = c;
+
+ c = BUF->seqno[1];
+ BUF->seqno[1] = BUF->ackno[1];
+ BUF->ackno[1] = c;
+
+ c = BUF->seqno[0];
+ BUF->seqno[0] = BUF->ackno[0];
+ BUF->ackno[0] = c;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* We also have to increase the sequence number we are
+ acknowledging. If the least significant byte overflowed, we need
+ to propagate the carry to the other bytes as well. */
+ if(++BUF->ackno[3] == 0) {
+ if(++BUF->ackno[2] == 0) {
+ if(++BUF->ackno[1] == 0) {
+ ++BUF->ackno[0];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Swap port numbers. */
+ tmp16 = BUF->srcport;
+ BUF->srcport = BUF->destport;
+ BUF->destport = tmp16;
+
+ /* Swap IP addresses. */
+ tmp16 = BUF->destipaddr[0];
+ BUF->destipaddr[0] = BUF->srcipaddr[0];
+ BUF->srcipaddr[0] = tmp16;
+ tmp16 = BUF->destipaddr[1];
+ BUF->destipaddr[1] = BUF->srcipaddr[1];
+ BUF->srcipaddr[1] = tmp16;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
+ /* And send out the RST packet! */
+ goto tcp_send_noconn;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* This label will be jumped to if we matched the incoming packet
+ with a connection in LISTEN. In that case, we should create a new
+ connection and send a SYNACK in return. */
+ found_listen:
+ /* First we check if there are any connections avaliable. Unused
+ connections are kept in the same table as used connections, but
+ unused ones have the tcpstate set to CLOSED. Also, connections in
+ TIME_WAIT are kept track of and we'll use the oldest one if no
+ CLOSED connections are found. Thanks to Eddie C. Dost for a very
+ nice algorithm for the TIME_WAIT search. */
+ uip_connr = 0;
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ if(uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags == CLOSED) {
+ uip_connr = &uip_conns[c];
+ break;
+ }
+ if(uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags == TIME_WAIT) {
+ if(uip_connr == 0 ||
+ uip_conns[c].timer > uip_connr->timer) {
+ uip_connr = &uip_conns[c];
+ }
+ }
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if(uip_connr == 0) {
+ /* All connections are used already, we drop packet and hope that
+ the remote end will retransmit the packet at a time when we
+ have more spare connections. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.syndrop);
+ UIP_LOG("tcp: found no unused connections.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+ uip_conn = uip_connr;
+
+ /* Fill in the necessary fields for the new connection. */
+ uip_connr->rto = uip_connr->timer = UIP_RTO;
+ uip_connr->sa = 0;
+ uip_connr->sv = 4;
+ uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
+ uip_connr->lport = BUF->destport;
+ uip_connr->rport = BUF->srcport;
+ uip_connr->ripaddr[0] = BUF->srcipaddr[0];
+ uip_connr->ripaddr[1] = BUF->srcipaddr[1];
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = SYN_RCVD;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[0] = iss[0];
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[1] = iss[1];
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[2] = iss[2];
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[3] = iss[3];
+ uip_connr->len = 1;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* rcv_nxt should be the seqno from the incoming packet + 1. */
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3] = BUF->seqno[3];
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] = BUF->seqno[2];
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] = BUF->seqno[1];
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] = BUF->seqno[0];
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Parse the TCP MSS option, if present. */
+ if((BUF->tcpoffset & 0xf0) > 0x50) {
+ for(c = 0; c < ((BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) - 5) << 2 ;) {
+ opt = uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + c];
+ if(opt == 0x00) {
+ /* End of options. */
+ break;
+ } else if(opt == 0x01) {
+ ++c;
+ /* NOP option. */
+ } else if(opt == 0x02 &&
+ uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0x04) {
+ /* An MSS option with the right option length. */
+ tmp16 = ((unsigned short int)uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 2 + c] << 8) |
+ (unsigned short int)uip_buf[40 + UIP_LLH_LEN + 3 + c];
+ uip_connr->initialmss = uip_connr->mss =
+ tmp16 > UIP_TCP_MSS? UIP_TCP_MSS: tmp16;
+
+ /* And we are done processing options. */
+ break;
+ } else {
+ /* All other options have a length field, so that we easily
+ can skip past them. */
+ if(uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0) {
+ /* If the length field is zero, the options are malformed
+ and we don't process them further. */
+ break;
+ }
+ c += uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c];
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Our response will be a SYNACK. */
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+ tcp_send_synack:
+ BUF->flags = TCP_ACK;
+
+ tcp_send_syn:
+ BUF->flags |= TCP_SYN;
+#else /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+ tcp_send_synack:
+ BUF->flags = TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK;
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+ /* We send out the TCP Maximum Segment Size option with our
+ SYNACK. */
+ BUF->optdata[0] = 2;
+ BUF->optdata[1] = 4;
+ BUF->optdata[2] = (UIP_TCP_MSS) / 256;
+ BUF->optdata[3] = (UIP_TCP_MSS) & 255;
+ uip_len = 44;
+ BUF->tcpoffset = 6 << 4;
+ goto tcp_send;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* This label will be jumped to if we found an active connection. */
+ found:
+ uip_conn = uip_connr;
+ uip_flags = 0;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* We do a very naive form of TCP reset processing; we just accept
+ any RST and kill our connection. We should in fact check if the
+ sequence number of this reset is wihtin our advertised window
+ before we accept the reset. */
+ if(BUF->flags & TCP_RST) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = CLOSED;
+ UIP_LOG("tcp: got reset, aborting connection.");
+ uip_flags = UIP_ABORT;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto drop;
+ }
+ /* Calculated the length of the data, if the application has sent
+ any data to us. */
+ c = (BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) << 2;
+ /* uip_len will contain the length of the actual TCP data. This is
+ calculated by subtracing the length of the TCP header (in
+ c) and the length of the IP header (20 bytes). */
+ uip_len = uip_len - c - 20;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* First, check if the sequence number of the incoming packet is
+ what we're expecting next. If not, we send out an ACK with the
+ correct numbers in. */
+ if(uip_len > 0 &&
+ (BUF->seqno[0] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] ||
+ BUF->seqno[1] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] ||
+ BUF->seqno[2] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] ||
+ BUF->seqno[3] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3])) {
+ goto tcp_send_ack;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Next, check if the incoming segment acknowledges any outstanding
+ data. If so, we update the sequence number, reset the length of
+ the outstanding data, calculate RTT estimations, and reset the
+ retransmission timer. */
+ if((BUF->flags & TCP_ACK) && uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
+ uip_add32(uip_connr->snd_nxt, uip_connr->len);
+ if(BUF->ackno[0] == uip_acc32[0] &&
+ BUF->ackno[1] == uip_acc32[1] &&
+ BUF->ackno[2] == uip_acc32[2] &&
+ BUF->ackno[3] == uip_acc32[3]) {
+ /* Update sequence number. */
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[0] = uip_acc32[0];
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[1] = uip_acc32[1];
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[2] = uip_acc32[2];
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[3] = uip_acc32[3];
+
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Do RTT estimation, unless we have done retransmissions. */
+ if(uip_connr->nrtx == 0) {
+ signed char m;
+ m = uip_connr->rto - uip_connr->timer;
+ /* This is taken directly from VJs original code in his paper */
+ m = m - (uip_connr->sa >> 3);
+ uip_connr->sa += m;
+ if(m < 0) {
+ m = -m;
+ }
+ m = m - (uip_connr->sv >> 2);
+ uip_connr->sv += m;
+ uip_connr->rto = (uip_connr->sa >> 3) + uip_connr->sv;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ }
+ /* Set the acknowledged flag. */
+ uip_flags = UIP_ACKDATA;
+ /* Reset the retransmission timer. */
+ uip_connr->timer = uip_connr->rto;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Do different things depending on in what state the connection is. */
+ switch(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & TS_MASK) {
+ /* CLOSED and LISTEN are not handled here. CLOSE_WAIT is not
+ implemented, since we force the application to close when the
+ peer sends a FIN (hence the application goes directly from
+ ESTABLISHED to LAST_ACK). */
+ case SYN_RCVD:
+ /* In SYN_RCVD we have sent out a SYNACK in response to a SYN, and
+ we are waiting for an ACK that acknowledges the data we sent
+ out the last time. Therefore, we want to have the UIP_ACKDATA
+ flag set. If so, we enter the ESTABLISHED state. */
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = ESTABLISHED;
+ uip_flags = UIP_CONNECTED;
+ uip_connr->len = 0;
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto appsend;
+ }
+ goto drop;
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+ case SYN_SENT:
+ /* In SYN_SENT, we wait for a SYNACK that is sent in response to
+ our SYN. The rcv_nxt is set to sequence number in the SYNACK
+ plus one, and we send an ACK. We move into the ESTABLISHED
+ state. */
+ if((uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) &&
+ BUF->flags == (TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK)) {
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Parse the TCP MSS option, if present. */
+ if((BUF->tcpoffset & 0xf0) > 0x50) {
+ for(c = 0; c < ((BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) - 5) << 2 ;) {
+ opt = uip_buf[40 + UIP_LLH_LEN + c];
+ if(opt == 0x00) {
+ /* End of options. */
+ break;
+ } else if(opt == 0x01) {
+ ++c;
+ /* NOP option. */
+ } else if(opt == 0x02 &&
+ uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0x04) {
+ /* An MSS option with the right option length. */
+ tmp16 = (uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 2 + c] << 8) |
+ uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 3 + c];
+ uip_connr->initialmss =
+ uip_connr->mss = tmp16 > UIP_TCP_MSS? UIP_TCP_MSS: tmp16;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* And we are done processing options. */
+ break;
+ } else {
+ /* All other options have a length field, so that we easily
+ can skip past them. */
+ if(uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0) {
+ /* If the length field is zero, the options are malformed
+ and we don't process them further. */
+ break;
+ }
+ c += uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = ESTABLISHED;
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] = BUF->seqno[0];
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] = BUF->seqno[1];
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] = BUF->seqno[2];
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3] = BUF->seqno[3];
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
+ uip_flags = UIP_CONNECTED | UIP_NEWDATA;
+ uip_connr->len = 0;
+ uip_len = 0;
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto appsend;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ goto reset;
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+ case ESTABLISHED:
+ /* In the ESTABLISHED state, we call upon the application to feed
+ data into the uip_buf. If the UIP_ACKDATA flag is set, the
+ application should put new data into the buffer, otherwise we are
+ retransmitting an old segment, and the application should put that
+ data into the buffer.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ If the incoming packet is a FIN, we should close the connection on
+ this side as well, and we send out a FIN and enter the LAST_ACK
+ state. We require that there is no outstanding data; otherwise the
+ sequence numbers will be screwed up. */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) {
+ if(uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
+ goto drop;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(1 + uip_len);
+ uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ uip_connr->len = 1;
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = LAST_ACK;
+ uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
+ tcp_send_finack:
+ BUF->flags = TCP_FIN | TCP_ACK;
+ goto tcp_send_nodata;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Check the URG flag. If this is set, the segment carries urgent
+ data that we must pass to the application. */
+ if(BUF->flags & TCP_URG) {
+#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
+ uip_urglen = (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1];
+ if(uip_urglen > uip_len) {
+ /* There is more urgent data in the next segment to come. */
+ uip_urglen = uip_len;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_urglen);
+ uip_len -= uip_urglen;
+ uip_urgdata = uip_appdata;
+ uip_appdata += uip_urglen;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ } else {
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_urglen = 0;
+#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+ uip_appdata += (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1];
+ uip_len -= (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1];
+ }
+
+
+ /* If uip_len > 0 we have TCP data in the packet, and we flag this
+ by setting the UIP_NEWDATA flag and update the sequence number
+ we acknowledge. If the application has stopped the dataflow
+ using uip_stop(), we must not accept any data packets from the
+ remote host. */
+ if(uip_len > 0 && !(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)) {
+ uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Check if the available buffer space advertised by the other end
+ is smaller than the initial MSS for this connection. If so, we
+ set the current MSS to the window size to ensure that the
+ application does not send more data than the other end can
+ handle.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ If the remote host advertises a zero window, we set the MSS to
+ the initial MSS so that the application will send an entire MSS
+ of data. This data will not be acknowledged by the receiver,
+ and the application will retransmit it. This is called the
+ "persistent timer" and uses the retransmission mechanim.
+ */
+ tmp16 = ((unsigned short int)BUF->wnd[0] << 8) + (unsigned short int)BUF->wnd[1];
+ if(tmp16 > uip_connr->initialmss ||
+ tmp16 == 0) {
+ tmp16 = uip_connr->initialmss;
+ }
+ uip_connr->mss = tmp16;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If this packet constitutes an ACK for outstanding data (flagged
+ by the UIP_ACKDATA flag, we should call the application since it
+ might want to send more data. If the incoming packet had data
+ from the peer (as flagged by the UIP_NEWDATA flag), the
+ application must also be notified.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ When the application is called, the global variable uip_len
+ contains the length of the incoming data. The application can
+ access the incoming data through the global pointer
+ uip_appdata, which usually points 40 bytes into the uip_buf
+ array.
+
+ If the application wishes to send any data, this data should be
+ put into the uip_appdata and the length of the data should be
+ put into uip_len. If the application don't have any data to
+ send, uip_len must be set to 0. */
+ if(uip_flags & (UIP_NEWDATA | UIP_ACKDATA)) {
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ appsend:
+
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_ABORT) {
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = CLOSED;
+ BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK;
+ goto tcp_send_nodata;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_CLOSE) {
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ uip_connr->len = 1;
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = FIN_WAIT_1;
+ uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
+ BUF->flags = TCP_FIN | TCP_ACK;
+ goto tcp_send_nodata;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If uip_slen > 0, the application has data to be sent. */
+ if(uip_slen > 0) {
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If the connection has acknowledged data, the contents of
+ the ->len variable should be discarded. */
+ if((uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) != 0) {
+ uip_connr->len = 0;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If the ->len variable is non-zero the connection has
+ already data in transit and cannot send anymore right
+ now. */
+ if(uip_connr->len == 0) {
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* The application cannot send more than what is allowed by
+ the mss (the minumum of the MSS and the available
+ window). */
+ if(uip_slen > uip_connr->mss) {
+ uip_slen = uip_connr->mss;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Remember how much data we send out now so that we know
+ when everything has been acknowledged. */
+ uip_connr->len = uip_slen;
+ } else {
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If the application already had unacknowledged data, we
+ make sure that the application does not send (i.e.,
+ retransmit) out more than it previously sent out. */
+ uip_slen = uip_connr->len;
+ }
+ } else {
+ uip_connr->len = 0;
+ }
+ uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
+ apprexmit:
+ uip_appdata = uip_sappdata;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If the application has data to be sent, or if the incoming
+ packet had new data in it, we must send out a packet. */
+ if(uip_slen > 0 && uip_connr->len > 0) {
+ /* Add the length of the IP and TCP headers. */
+ uip_len = uip_connr->len + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN;
+ /* We always set the ACK flag in response packets. */
+ BUF->flags = TCP_ACK | TCP_PSH;
+ /* Send the packet. */
+ goto tcp_send_noopts;
+ }
+ /* If there is no data to send, just send out a pure ACK if
+ there is newdata. */
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_NEWDATA) {
+ uip_len = UIP_TCPIP_HLEN;
+ BUF->flags = TCP_ACK;
+ goto tcp_send_noopts;
+ }
+ }
+ goto drop;
+ case LAST_ACK:
+ /* We can close this connection if the peer has acknowledged our
+ FIN. This is indicated by the UIP_ACKDATA flag. */
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = CLOSED;
+ uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case FIN_WAIT_1:
+ /* The application has closed the connection, but the remote host
+ hasn't closed its end yet. Thus we do nothing but wait for a
+ FIN from the other side. */
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
+ }
+ if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) {
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = TIME_WAIT;
+ uip_connr->timer = 0;
+ uip_connr->len = 0;
+ } else {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = CLOSING;
+ }
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
+ uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto tcp_send_ack;
+ } else if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = FIN_WAIT_2;
+ uip_connr->len = 0;
+ goto drop;
+ }
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ goto tcp_send_ack;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ goto drop;
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
+ case FIN_WAIT_2:
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = TIME_WAIT;
+ uip_connr->timer = 0;
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
+ uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto tcp_send_ack;
+ }
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ goto tcp_send_ack;
+ }
+ goto drop;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ case TIME_WAIT:
+ goto tcp_send_ack;
+
+ case CLOSING:
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = TIME_WAIT;
+ uip_connr->timer = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ goto drop;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* We jump here when we are ready to send the packet, and just want
+ to set the appropriate TCP sequence numbers in the TCP header. */
+ tcp_send_ack:
+ BUF->flags = TCP_ACK;
+ tcp_send_nodata:
+ uip_len = 40;
+ tcp_send_noopts:
+ BUF->tcpoffset = 5 << 4;
+ tcp_send:
+ /* We're done with the input processing. We are now ready to send a
+ reply. Our job is to fill in all the fields of the TCP and IP
+ headers before calculating the checksum and finally send the
+ packet. */
+ BUF->ackno[0] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0];
+ BUF->ackno[1] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1];
+ BUF->ackno[2] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2];
+ BUF->ackno[3] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3];
+
+ BUF->seqno[0] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[0];
+ BUF->seqno[1] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[1];
+ BUF->seqno[2] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[2];
+ BUF->seqno[3] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[3];
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ BUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_TCP;
+
+ BUF->srcport = uip_connr->lport;
+ BUF->destport = uip_connr->rport;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+ BUF->srcipaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[0];
+ BUF->srcipaddr[1] = uip_hostaddr[1];
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ BUF->destipaddr[0] = uip_connr->ripaddr[0];
+ BUF->destipaddr[1] = uip_connr->ripaddr[1];
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED) {
+ /* If the connection has issued uip_stop(), we advertise a zero
+ window so that the remote host will stop sending data. */
+ BUF->wnd[0] = BUF->wnd[1] = 0;
+ } else {
+ BUF->wnd[0] = ((UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW) >> 8);
+ BUF->wnd[1] = ((UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW) & 0xff);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ tcp_send_noconn:
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ BUF->len[0] = (uip_len >> 8);
+ BUF->len[1] = (uip_len & 0xff);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Calculate TCP checksum. */
+ BUF->tcpchksum = 0;
+ BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum());
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ //ip_send_nolen:
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ BUF->vhl = 0x45;
+ BUF->tos = 0;
+ BUF->ipoffset[0] = BUF->ipoffset[1] = 0;
+ BUF->ttl = UIP_TTL;
+ ++ipid;
+ BUF->ipid[0] = ipid >> 8;
+ BUF->ipid[1] = ipid & 0xff;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Calculate IP checksum. */
+ BUF->ipchksum = 0;
+ BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum());
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.sent);
+ send:
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.sent);
+ /* Return and let the caller do the actual transmission. */
+ return;
+ drop:
+ uip_len = 0;
+ return;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/*unsigned short int
+htons(unsigned short int val)
+{
+ return HTONS(val);
+}*/
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @} */
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/uip.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1066 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Header file for the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ *
+ * The uIP TCP/IP stack header file contains definitions for a number
+ * of C macros that are used by uIP programs as well as internal uIP
+ * structures, TCP/IP header structures and function declarations.
+ *
+ */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uip.h,v 1.36.2.7 2003/10/07 13:47:51 adam Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UIP_H__
+#define __UIP_H__
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/string.h>
+#include <linux/ctype.h>
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <common.h>
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#include "uipopt.h"
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* First, the functions that should be called from the
+ * system. Initialization, the periodic timer and incoming packets are
+ * handled by the following three functions.
+ */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipconffunc uIP configuration functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The uIP configuration functions are used for setting run-time
+ * parameters in uIP such as IP addresses.
+ */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Set the IP address of this host.
+ *
+ * The IP address is represented as a 4-byte array where the first
+ * octet of the IP address is put in the first member of the 4-byte
+ * array.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte representation of the IP address.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_sethostaddr(addr) do { uip_hostaddr[0] = addr[0]; \
+ uip_hostaddr[1] = addr[1]; } while(0)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Get the IP address of this host.
+ *
+ * The IP address is represented as a 4-byte array where the first
+ * octet of the IP address is put in the first member of the 4-byte
+ * array.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte array that will be filled in with
+ * the currently configured IP address.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_gethostaddr(addr) do { addr[0] = uip_hostaddr[0]; \
+ addr[1] = uip_hostaddr[1]; } while(0)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/** @} */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipinit uIP initialization functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The uIP initialization functions are used for booting uIP.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * uIP initialization function.
+ *
+ * This function should be called at boot up to initilize the uIP
+ * TCP/IP stack.
+ */
+void uip_init(void);
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipdevfunc uIP device driver functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * These functions are used by a network device driver for interacting
+ * with uIP.
+ */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Process an incoming packet.
+ *
+ * This function should be called when the device driver has received
+ * a packet from the network. The packet from the device driver must
+ * be present in the uip_buf buffer, and the length of the packet
+ * should be placed in the uip_len variable.
+ *
+ * When the function returns, there may be an outbound packet placed
+ * in the uip_buf packet buffer. If so, the uip_len variable is set to
+ * the length of the packet. If no packet is to be sent out, the
+ * uip_len variable is set to 0.
+ *
+ * The usual way of calling the function is presented by the source
+ * code below.
+ \code
+ uip_len = devicedriver_poll();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_input();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \note If you are writing a uIP device driver that needs ARP
+ * (Address Resolution Protocol), e.g., when running uIP over
+ * Ethernet, you will need to call the uIP ARP code before calling
+ * this function:
+ \code
+ #define BUF ((struct uip_eth_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
+ uip_len = ethernet_devicedrver_poll();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ if(BUF->type == HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP)) {
+ uip_arp_ipin();
+ uip_input();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ ethernet_devicedriver_send();
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ } else if(BUF->type == HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP)) {
+ uip_arp_arpin();
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ ethernet_devicedriver_send();
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_input() uip_process(UIP_DATA)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Periodic processing for a connection identified by its number.
+ *
+ * This function does the necessary periodic processing (timers,
+ * polling) for a uIP TCP conneciton, and should be called when the
+ * periodic uIP timer goes off. It should be called for every
+ * connection, regardless of whether they are open of closed.
+ *
+ * When the function returns, it may have an outbound packet waiting
+ * for service in the uIP packet buffer, and if so the uip_len
+ * variable is set to a value larger than zero. The device driver
+ * should be called to send out the packet.
+ *
+ * The ususal way of calling the function is through a for() loop like
+ * this:
+ \code
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; ++i) {
+ uip_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ devicedriver_send();
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \note If you are writing a uIP device driver that needs ARP
+ * (Address Resolution Protocol), e.g., when running uIP over
+ * Ethernet, you will need to call the uip_arp_out() function before
+ * calling the device driver:
+ \code
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; ++i) {
+ uip_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ ethernet_devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param conn The number of the connection which is to be periodically polled.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_periodic(conn) do { uip_conn = &uip_conns[conn]; \
+ uip_process(UIP_TIMER); } while (0)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Periodic processing for a connection identified by a pointer to its structure.
+ *
+ * Same as uip_periodic() but takes a pointer to the actual uip_conn
+ * struct instead of an integer as its argument. This function can be
+ * used to force periodic processing of a specific connection.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn struct for the connection to
+ * be processed.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_periodic_conn(conn) do { uip_conn = conn; \
+ uip_process(UIP_TIMER); } while (0)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#if UIP_UDP
+/**
+ * Periodic processing for a UDP connection identified by its number.
+ *
+ * This function is essentially the same as uip_prerioic(), but for
+ * UDP connections. It is called in a similar fashion as the
+ * uip_periodic() function:
+ \code
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) {
+ uip_udp_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \note As for the uip_periodic() function, special care has to be
+ * taken when using uIP together with ARP and Ethernet:
+ \code
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) {
+ uip_udp_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ ethernet_devicedriver_send();
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ }
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param conn The number of the UDP connection to be processed.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_periodic(conn) do { uip_udp_conn = &uip_udp_conns[conn]; \
+ uip_process(UIP_UDP_TIMER); } while (0)
+
+/**
+ * Periodic processing for a UDP connection identified by a pointer to
+ * its structure.
+ *
+ * Same as uip_udp_periodic() but takes a pointer to the actual
+ * uip_conn struct instead of an integer as its argument. This
+ * function can be used to force periodic processing of a specific
+ * connection.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn struct for the connection
+ * to be processed.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_periodic_conn(conn) do { uip_udp_conn = conn; \
+ uip_process(UIP_UDP_TIMER); } while (0)
+
+
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+/**
+ * The uIP packet buffer.
+ *
+ * The uip_buf array is used to hold incoming and outgoing
+ * packets. The device driver should place incoming data into this
+ * buffer. When sending data, the device driver should read the link
+ * level headers and the TCP/IP headers from this buffer. The size of
+ * the link level headers is configured by the UIP_LLH_LEN define.
+ *
+ * \note The application data need not be placed in this buffer, so
+ * the device driver must read it from the place pointed to by the
+ * uip_appdata pointer as illustrated by the following example:
+ \code
+ void
+ devicedriver_send(void)
+ {
+ hwsend(&uip_buf[0], UIP_LLH_LEN);
+ hwsend(&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], 40);
+ hwsend(uip_appdata, uip_len - 40 - UIP_LLH_LEN);
+ }
+ \endcode
+ */
+extern u8_t uip_buf[UIP_BUFSIZE+2];
+
+/** @} */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Functions that are used by the uIP application program. Opening and
+ * closing connections, sending and receiving data, etc. is all
+ * handled by the functions below.
+*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipappfunc uIP application functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * Functions used by an application running of top of uIP.
+ */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Start listening to the specified port.
+ *
+ * \note Since this function expects the port number in network byte
+ * order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary.
+ *
+ \code
+ uip_listen(HTONS(80));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order.
+ */
+void uip_listen(u16_t port);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Stop listening to the specified port.
+ *
+ * \note Since this function expects the port number in network byte
+ * order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary.
+ *
+ \code
+ uip_unlisten(HTONS(80));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order.
+ */
+void uip_unlisten(u16_t port);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Connect to a remote host using TCP.
+ *
+ * This function is used to start a new connection to the specified
+ * port on the specied host. It allocates a new connection identifier,
+ * sets the connection to the SYN_SENT state and sets the
+ * retransmission timer to 0. This will cause a TCP SYN segment to be
+ * sent out the next time this connection is periodically processed,
+ * which usually is done within 0.5 seconds after the call to
+ * uip_connect().
+ *
+ * \note This function is avaliable only if support for active open
+ * has been configured by defining UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN to 1 in uipopt.h.
+ *
+ * \note Since this function requires the port number to be in network
+ * byte order, a convertion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary.
+ *
+ \code
+ u16_t ipaddr[2];
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_ipaddr(ipaddr, 192,168,1,2);
+ uip_connect(ipaddr, HTONS(80));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param ripaddr A pointer to a 4-byte array representing the IP
+ * address of the remote hot.
+ *
+ * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order.
+ *
+ * \return A pointer to the uIP connection identifier for the new connection,
+ * or NULL if no connection could be allocated.
+ *
+ */
+struct uip_conn *uip_connect(u16_t *ripaddr, u16_t port);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * \internal
+ *
+ * Check if a connection has outstanding (i.e., unacknowledged) data.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn structure for the connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_outstanding(conn) ((conn)->len)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Send data on the current connection.
+ *
+ * This function is used to send out a single segment of TCP
+ * data. Only applications that have been invoked by uIP for event
+ * processing can send data.
+ *
+ * The amount of data that actually is sent out after a call to this
+ * funcion is determined by the maximum amount of data TCP allows. uIP
+ * will automatically crop the data so that only the appropriate
+ * amount of data is sent. The function uip_mss() can be used to query
+ * uIP for the amount of data that actually will be sent.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not guarantee that the sent data will
+ * arrive at the destination. If the data is lost in the network, the
+ * application will be invoked with the uip_rexmit() event being
+ * set. The application will then have to resend the data using this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * \param data A pointer to the data which is to be sent.
+ *
+ * \param len The maximum amount of data bytes to be sent.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_send(data, len) do { uip_sappdata = (data); uip_slen = (len);} while(0)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * The length of any incoming data that is currently avaliable (if avaliable)
+ * in the uip_appdata buffer.
+ *
+ * The test function uip_data() must first be used to check if there
+ * is any data available at all.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_datalen() uip_len
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * The length of any out-of-band data (urgent data) that has arrived
+ * on the connection.
+ *
+ * \note The configuration parameter UIP_URGDATA must be set for this
+ * function to be enabled.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_urgdatalen() uip_urglen
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Close the current connection.
+ *
+ * This function will close the current connection in a nice way.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_close() (uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Abort the current connection.
+ *
+ * This function will abort (reset) the current connection, and is
+ * usually used when an error has occured that prevents using the
+ * uip_close() function.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_abort() (uip_flags = UIP_ABORT)
+
+/**
+ * Tell the sending host to stop sending data.
+ *
+ * This function will close our receiver's window so that we stop
+ * receiving data for the current connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_stop() (uip_conn->tcpstateflags |= UIP_STOPPED)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Find out if the current connection has been previously stopped with
+ * uip_stop().
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_stopped(conn) ((conn)->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Restart the current connection, if is has previously been stopped
+ * with uip_stop().
+ *
+ * This function will open the receiver's window again so that we
+ * start receiving data for the current connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_restart() do { uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA; \
+ uip_conn->tcpstateflags &= ~UIP_STOPPED; \
+ } while(0)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/* uIP tests that can be made to determine in what state the current
+ connection is, and what the application function should do. */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Is new incoming data available?
+ *
+ * Will reduce to non-zero if there is new data for the application
+ * present at the uip_appdata pointer. The size of the data is
+ * avaliable through the uip_len variable.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_newdata() (uip_flags & UIP_NEWDATA)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Has previously sent data been acknowledged?
+ *
+ * Will reduce to non-zero if the previously sent data has been
+ * acknowledged by the remote host. This means that the application
+ * can send new data.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_acked() (uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Has the connection just been connected?
+ *
+ * Reduces to non-zero if the current connection has been connected to
+ * a remote host. This will happen both if the connection has been
+ * actively opened (with uip_connect()) or passively opened (with
+ * uip_listen()).
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_connected() (uip_flags & UIP_CONNECTED)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Has the connection been closed by the other end?
+ *
+ * Is non-zero if the connection has been closed by the remote
+ * host. The application may then do the necessary clean-ups.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_closed() (uip_flags & UIP_CLOSE)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Has the connection been aborted by the other end?
+ *
+ * Non-zero if the current connection has been aborted (reset) by the
+ * remote host.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_aborted() (uip_flags & UIP_ABORT)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Has the connection timed out?
+ *
+ * Non-zero if the current connection has been aborted due to too many
+ * retransmissions.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_timedout() (uip_flags & UIP_TIMEDOUT)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Do we need to retransmit previously data?
+ *
+ * Reduces to non-zero if the previously sent data has been lost in
+ * the network, and the application should retransmit it. The
+ * application should send the exact same data as it did the last
+ * time, using the uip_send() function.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_rexmit() (uip_flags & UIP_REXMIT)
+
+/**
+ * Is the connection being polled by uIP?
+ *
+ * Is non-zero if the reason the application is invoked is that the
+ * current connection has been idle for a while and should be
+ * polled.
+ *
+ * The polling event can be used for sending data without having to
+ * wait for the remote host to send data.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_poll() (uip_flags & UIP_POLL)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Get the initial maxium segment size (MSS) of the current
+ * connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#define uip_initialmss() (uip_conn->initialmss)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Get the current maxium segment size that can be sent on the current
+ * connection.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * The current maxiumum segment size that can be sent on the
+ * connection is computed from the receiver's window and the MSS of
+ * the connection (which also is available by calling
+ * uip_initialmss()).
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \hideinitializer
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#define uip_mss() (uip_conn->mss)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Set up a new UDP connection.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \param ripaddr A pointer to a 4-byte structure representing the IP
+ * address of the remote host.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \param rport The remote port number in network byte order.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \return The uip_udp_conn structure for the new connection or NULL
+ * if no connection could be allocated.
+ */
+struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_new(u16_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport);
+
+/**
+ * Removed a UDP connection.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn structure for the connection.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \hideinitializer
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#define uip_udp_remove(conn) (conn)->lport = 0
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Send a UDP datagram of length len on the current connection.
+ *
+ * This function can only be called in response to a UDP event (poll
+ * or newdata). The data must be present in the uip_buf buffer, at the
+ * place pointed to by the uip_appdata pointer.
+ *
+ * \param len The length of the data in the uip_buf buffer.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_send(len) uip_slen = (len)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/** @} */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/* uIP convenience and converting functions. */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \defgroup uipconvfunc uIP conversion functions
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ * @{
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * These functions can be used for converting between different data
+ * formats used by uIP.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Pack an IP address into a 4-byte array which is used by uIP to
+ * represent IP addresses.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ u16_t ipaddr[2];
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 192,168,1,2);
+ \endcode
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte array that will be filled in with
+ * the IP addres.
+ * \param addr0 The first octet of the IP address.
+ * \param addr1 The second octet of the IP address.
+ * \param addr2 The third octet of the IP address.
+ * \param addr3 The forth octet of the IP address.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#define uip_ipaddr(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3) do { \
+ (addr)[0] = HTONS(((addr0) << 8) | (addr1)); \
+ (addr)[1] = HTONS(((addr2) << 8) | (addr3)); \
+ } while(0)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Convert 16-bit quantity from host byte order to network byte order.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * This macro is primarily used for converting constants from host
+ * byte order to network byte order. For converting variables to
+ * network byte order, use the htons() function instead.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#ifndef HTONS
+# if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
+# define HTONS(n) (n)
+# else /* BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN */
+# define HTONS(n) ((((u16_t)((n) & 0xff)) << 8) | (((n) & 0xff00) >> 8))
+# endif /* BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN */
+#endif /* HTONS */
+
+/**
+ * Convert 16-bit quantity from host byte order to network byte order.
+ *
+ * This function is primarily used for converting variables from host
+ * byte order to network byte order. For converting constants to
+ * network byte order, use the HTONS() macro instead.
+ */
+#ifndef htons
+u16_t htons(u16_t val);
+#endif /* htons */
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * Pointer to the application data in the packet buffer.
+ *
+ * This pointer points to the application data when the application is
+ * called. If the application wishes to send data, the application may
+ * use this space to write the data into before calling uip_send().
+ */
+extern volatile u8_t *uip_appdata;
+extern volatile u8_t *uip_sappdata;
+
+#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
+/* u8_t *uip_urgdata:
+ *
+ * This pointer points to any urgent data that has been received. Only
+ * present if compiled with support for urgent data (UIP_URGDATA).
+ */
+extern volatile u8_t *uip_urgdata;
+#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+
+
+/* u[8|16]_t uip_len:
+ *
+ * When the application is called, uip_len contains the length of any
+ * new data that has been received from the remote host. The
+ * application should set this variable to the size of any data that
+ * the application wishes to send. When the network device driver
+ * output function is called, uip_len should contain the length of the
+ * outgoing packet.
+ */
+extern volatile u16_t uip_len, uip_slen;
+
+#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
+extern volatile u8_t uip_urglen, uip_surglen;
+#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+
+
+/**
+ * Representation of a uIP TCP connection.
+ *
+ * The uip_conn structure is used for identifying a connection. All
+ * but one field in the structure are to be considered read-only by an
+ * application. The only exception is the appstate field whos purpose
+ * is to let the application store application-specific state (e.g.,
+ * file pointers) for the connection. The size of this field is
+ * configured in the "uipopt.h" header file.
+ */
+struct uip_conn {
+ u16_t ripaddr[2]; /**< The IP address of the remote host. */
+
+ u16_t lport; /**< The local TCP port, in network byte order. */
+ u16_t rport; /**< The local remote TCP port, in network byte
+ order. */
+
+ u8_t rcv_nxt[4]; /**< The sequence number that we expect to
+ receive next. */
+ u8_t snd_nxt[4]; /**< The sequence number that was last sent by
+ us. */
+ u16_t len; /**< Length of the data that was previously sent. */
+ u16_t mss; /**< Current maximum segment size for the
+ connection. */
+ u16_t initialmss; /**< Initial maximum segment size for the
+ connection. */
+ u8_t sa; /**< Retransmission time-out calculation state
+ variable. */
+ u8_t sv; /**< Retransmission time-out calculation state
+ variable. */
+ u8_t rto; /**< Retransmission time-out. */
+ u8_t tcpstateflags; /**< TCP state and flags. */
+ u8_t timer; /**< The retransmission timer. */
+ u8_t nrtx; /**< The number of retransmissions for the last
+ segment sent. */
+
+ /** The application state. */
+ u8_t appstate[UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE];
+};
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/* Pointer to the current connection. */
+extern struct uip_conn *uip_conn;
+/* The array containing all uIP connections. */
+extern struct uip_conn uip_conns[UIP_CONNS];
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \addtogroup uiparch
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * 4-byte array used for the 32-bit sequence number calculations.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+extern volatile u8_t uip_acc32[4];
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/** @} */
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#if UIP_UDP
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Representation of a uIP UDP connection.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+struct uip_udp_conn {
+ u16_t ripaddr[2]; /**< The IP address of the remote peer. */
+ u16_t lport; /**< The local port number in network byte order. */
+ u16_t rport; /**< The remote port number in network byte order. */
+};
+
+extern struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_conn;
+extern struct uip_udp_conn uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS];
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * The structure holding the TCP/IP statistics that are gathered if
+ * UIP_STATISTICS is set to 1.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+struct uip_stats {
+ struct {
+ uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped packets at the IP
+ layer. */
+ uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received packets at the IP
+ layer. */
+ uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent packets at the IP
+ layer. */
+ uip_stats_t vhlerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong
+ IP version or header length. */
+ uip_stats_t hblenerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong
+ IP length, high byte. */
+ uip_stats_t lblenerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong
+ IP length, low byte. */
+ uip_stats_t fragerr; /**< Number of packets dropped since they
+ were IP fragments. */
+ uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to IP
+ checksum errors. */
+ uip_stats_t protoerr; /**< Number of packets dropped since they
+ were neither ICMP, UDP nor TCP. */
+ } ip; /**< IP statistics. */
+ struct {
+ uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped ICMP packets. */
+ uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received ICMP packets. */
+ uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent ICMP packets. */
+ uip_stats_t typeerr; /**< Number of ICMP packets with a wrong
+ type. */
+ } icmp; /**< ICMP statistics. */
+ struct {
+ uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped TCP segments. */
+ uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of recived TCP segments. */
+ uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent TCP segments. */
+ uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of TCP segments with a bad
+ checksum. */
+ uip_stats_t ackerr; /**< Number of TCP segments with a bad ACK
+ number. */
+ uip_stats_t rst; /**< Number of recevied TCP RST (reset) segments. */
+ uip_stats_t rexmit; /**< Number of retransmitted TCP segments. */
+ uip_stats_t syndrop; /**< Number of dropped SYNs due to too few
+ connections was avaliable. */
+ uip_stats_t synrst; /**< Number of SYNs for closed ports,
+ triggering a RST. */
+ } tcp; /**< TCP statistics. */
+};
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * The uIP TCP/IP statistics.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * This is the variable in which the uIP TCP/IP statistics are gathered.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+extern struct uip_stats uip_stat;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* All the stuff below this point is internal to uIP and should not be
+ * used directly by an application or by a device driver.
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* u8_t uip_flags:
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * When the application is called, uip_flags will contain the flags
+ * that are defined in this file. Please read below for more
+ * infomation.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+extern volatile u8_t uip_flags;
+
+/* The following flags may be set in the global variable uip_flags
+ before calling the application callback. The UIP_ACKDATA and
+ UIP_NEWDATA flags may both be set at the same time, whereas the
+ others are mutualy exclusive. Note that these flags should *NOT* be
+ accessed directly, but through the uIP functions/macros. */
+
+#define UIP_ACKDATA 1 /* Signifies that the outstanding data was
+ acked and the application should send
+ out new data instead of retransmitting
+ the last data. */
+#define UIP_NEWDATA 2 /* Flags the fact that the peer has sent
+ us new data. */
+#define UIP_REXMIT 4 /* Tells the application to retransmit the
+ data that was last sent. */
+#define UIP_POLL 8 /* Used for polling the application, to
+ check if the application has data that
+ it wants to send. */
+#define UIP_CLOSE 16 /* The remote host has closed the
+ connection, thus the connection has
+ gone away. Or the application signals
+ that it wants to close the
+ connection. */
+#define UIP_ABORT 32 /* The remote host has aborted the
+ connection, thus the connection has
+ gone away. Or the application signals
+ that it wants to abort the
+ connection. */
+#define UIP_CONNECTED 64 /* We have got a connection from a remote
+ host and have set up a new connection
+ for it, or an active connection has
+ been successfully established. */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#define UIP_TIMEDOUT 128 /* The connection has been aborted due to
+ too many retransmissions. */
+
+
+/* uip_process(flag):
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * The actual uIP function which does all the work.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+void uip_process(u8_t flag);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/* The following flags are passed as an argument to the uip_process()
+ function. They are used to distinguish between the two cases where
+ uip_process() is called. It can be called either because we have
+ incoming data that should be processed, or because the periodic
+ timer has fired. */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#define UIP_DATA 1 /* Tells uIP that there is incoming data in
+ the uip_buf buffer. The length of the
+ data is stored in the global variable
+ uip_len. */
+#define UIP_TIMER 2 /* Tells uIP that the periodic timer has
+ fired. */
+#if UIP_UDP
+#define UIP_UDP_TIMER 3
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/* The TCP states used in the uip_conn->tcpstateflags. */
+#define CLOSED 0
+#define SYN_RCVD 1
+#define SYN_SENT 2
+#define ESTABLISHED 3
+#define FIN_WAIT_1 4
+#define FIN_WAIT_2 5
+#define CLOSING 6
+#define TIME_WAIT 7
+#define LAST_ACK 8
+#define TS_MASK 15
+
+#define UIP_STOPPED 16
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#define UIP_TCPIP_HLEN 40
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/* The TCP and IP headers. */
+typedef struct {
+ /* IP header. */
+ u8_t vhl,
+ tos,
+ len[2],
+ ipid[2],
+ ipoffset[2],
+ ttl,
+ proto;
+ u16_t ipchksum;
+ u16_t srcipaddr[2],
+ destipaddr[2];
+
+ /* TCP header. */
+ u16_t srcport,
+ destport;
+ u8_t seqno[4],
+ ackno[4],
+ tcpoffset,
+ flags,
+ wnd[2];
+ u16_t tcpchksum;
+ u8_t urgp[2];
+ u8_t optdata[4];
+} uip_tcpip_hdr;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/* The ICMP and IP headers. */
+typedef struct {
+ /* IP header. */
+ u8_t vhl,
+ tos,
+ len[2],
+ ipid[2],
+ ipoffset[2],
+ ttl,
+ proto;
+ u16_t ipchksum;
+ u16_t srcipaddr[2],
+ destipaddr[2];
+ /* ICMP (echo) header. */
+ u8_t type, icode;
+ u16_t icmpchksum;
+ u16_t id, seqno;
+} uip_icmpip_hdr;
+
+
+/* The UDP and IP headers. */
+typedef struct {
+ /* IP header. */
+ u8_t vhl,
+ tos,
+ len[2],
+ ipid[2],
+ ipoffset[2],
+ ttl,
+ proto;
+ u16_t ipchksum;
+ u16_t srcipaddr[2],
+ destipaddr[2];
+
+ /* UDP header. */
+ u16_t srcport,
+ destport;
+ u16_t udplen;
+ u16_t udpchksum;
+} uip_udpip_hdr;
+
+#define UIP_PROTO_ICMP 1
+#define UIP_PROTO_TCP 6
+#define UIP_PROTO_UDP 17
+
+#if UIP_FIXEDADDR
+extern const u16_t uip_hostaddr[2];
+#else /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
+extern u16_t uip_hostaddr[2];
+#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
+
+#endif /* __UIP_H__ */
+
+
+/** @} */
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/uip_arch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * $Id: uip_arch.c,v 1.2.2.1 2003/10/04 22:54:17 adam Exp $
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
+ */
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#include "uip.h"
+#include "uip_arch.h"
+
+#define BUF ((uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
+#define IP_PROTO_TCP 6
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_add32(u8_t *op32, u16_t op16)
+{
+
+ uip_acc32[3] = op32[3] + (op16 & 0xff);
+ uip_acc32[2] = op32[2] + (op16 >> 8);
+ uip_acc32[1] = op32[1];
+ uip_acc32[0] = op32[0];
+
+ if(uip_acc32[2] < (op16 >> 8)) {
+ ++uip_acc32[1];
+ if(uip_acc32[1] == 0) {
+ ++uip_acc32[0];
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ if(uip_acc32[3] < (op16 & 0xff)) {
+ ++uip_acc32[2];
+ if(uip_acc32[2] == 0) {
+ ++uip_acc32[1];
+ if(uip_acc32[1] == 0) {
+ ++uip_acc32[0];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+u16_t
+uip_chksum(u16_t *sdata, u16_t len)
+{
+ u16_t acc;
+
+ for(acc = 0; len > 1; len -= 2) {
+ acc += *sdata;
+ if(acc < *sdata) {
+ /* Overflow, so we add the carry to acc (i.e., increase by
+ one). */
+ ++acc;
+ }
+ ++sdata;
+ }
+
+ /* add up any odd byte */
+ if(len == 1) {
+ acc += htons(((u16_t)(*(u8_t *)sdata)) << 8);
+ if(acc < htons(((u16_t)(*(u8_t *)sdata)) << 8)) {
+ ++acc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return acc;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+u16_t
+uip_ipchksum(void)
+{
+ return uip_chksum((u16_t *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], 20);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+u16_t
+uip_tcpchksum(void)
+{
+ u16_t hsum, sum;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
+ /* Compute the checksum of the TCP header. */
+ hsum = uip_chksum((u16_t *)&uip_buf[20 + UIP_LLH_LEN], 20);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Compute the checksum of the data in the TCP packet and add it to
+ the TCP header checksum. */
+ sum = uip_chksum((u16_t *)uip_appdata,
+ (u16_t)(((((u16_t)(BUF->len[0]) << 8) + BUF->len[1]) - 40)));
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if((sum += hsum) < hsum) {
+ ++sum;
+ }
+
+ if((sum += BUF->srcipaddr[0]) < BUF->srcipaddr[0]) {
+ ++sum;
+ }
+ if((sum += BUF->srcipaddr[1]) < BUF->srcipaddr[1]) {
+ ++sum;
+ }
+ if((sum += BUF->destipaddr[0]) < BUF->destipaddr[0]) {
+ ++sum;
+ }
+ if((sum += BUF->destipaddr[1]) < BUF->destipaddr[1]) {
+ ++sum;
+ }
+ if((sum += (u16_t)htons((u16_t)IP_PROTO_TCP)) < (u16_t)htons((u16_t)IP_PROTO_TCP)) {
+ ++sum;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ hsum = (u16_t)htons((((u16_t)(BUF->len[0]) << 8) + BUF->len[1]) - 20);
+
+ if((sum += hsum) < hsum) {
+ ++sum;
+ }
+
+ return sum;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/uip_arch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \defgroup uiparch Architecture specific uIP functions
+ * @{
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * The functions in the architecture specific module implement the IP
+ * check sum and 32-bit additions.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * The IP checksum calculation is the most computationally expensive
+ * operation in the TCP/IP stack and it therefore pays off to
+ * implement this in efficient assembler. The purpose of the uip-arch
+ * module is to let the checksum functions to be implemented in
+ * architecture specific assembler.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \file
+ * Declarations of architecture specific functions.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * $Id: uip_arch.h,v 1.1.2.2 2003/10/06 15:10:22 adam Exp $
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
+ */
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#ifndef __UIP_ARCH_H__
+#define __UIP_ARCH_H__
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#include "uip.h"
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Carry out a 32-bit addition.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Because not all architectures for which uIP is intended has native
+ * 32-bit arithmetic, uIP uses an external C function for doing the
+ * required 32-bit additions in the TCP protocol processing. This
+ * function should add the two arguments and place the result in the
+ * global variable uip_acc32.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \note The 32-bit integer pointed to by the op32 parameter and the
+ * result in the uip_acc32 variable are in network byte order (big
+ * endian).
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \param op32 A pointer to a 4-byte array representing a 32-bit
+ * integer in network byte order (big endian).
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \param op16 A 16-bit integer in host byte order.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+void uip_add32(u8_t *op32, u16_t op16);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Calculate the Internet checksum over a buffer.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * The Internet checksum is the one's complement of the one's
+ * complement sum of all 16-bit words in the buffer.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * See RFC1071.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not called in the current version of uIP,
+ * but future versions might make use of it.
+ *
+ * \param buf A pointer to the buffer over which the checksum is to be
+ * computed.
+ *
+ * \param len The length of the buffer over which the checksum is to
+ * be computed.
+ *
+ * \return The Internet checksum of the buffer.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+u16_t uip_chksum(u16_t *buf, u16_t len);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Calculate the IP header checksum of the packet header in uip_buf.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * The IP header checksum is the Internet checksum of the 20 bytes of
+ * the IP header.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \return The IP header checksum of the IP header in the uip_buf
+ * buffer.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+u16_t uip_ipchksum(void);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Calculate the TCP checksum of the packet in uip_buf and uip_appdata.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * The TCP checksum is the Internet checksum of data contents of the
+ * TCP segment, and a pseudo-header as defined in RFC793.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \note The uip_appdata pointer that points to the packet data may
+ * point anywhere in memory, so it is not possible to simply calculate
+ * the Internet checksum of the contents of the uip_buf buffer.
+ *
+ * \return The TCP checksum of the TCP segment in uip_buf and pointed
+ * to by uip_appdata.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+u16_t uip_tcpchksum(void);
+
+/** @} */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#endif /* __UIP_ARCH_H__ */
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/uip_arp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \defgroup uiparp uIP Address Resolution Protocol
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The Address Resolution Protocol ARP is used for mapping between IP
+ * addresses and link level addresses such as the Ethernet MAC
+ * addresses. ARP uses broadcast queries to ask for the link level
+ * address of a known IP address and the host which is configured with
+ * the IP address for which the query was meant, will respond with its
+ * link level address.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \note This ARP implementation only supports Ethernet.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Implementation of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
+ */
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uip_arp.c,v 1.7.2.3 2003/10/06 22:42:30 adam Exp $
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
+ */
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
+#include "uip_arp.h"
+
+struct arp_hdr {
+ struct uip_eth_hdr ethhdr;
+ u16_t hwtype;
+ u16_t protocol;
+ u8_t hwlen;
+ u8_t protolen;
+ u16_t opcode;
+ struct uip_eth_addr shwaddr;
+ u16_t sipaddr[2];
+ struct uip_eth_addr dhwaddr;
+ u16_t dipaddr[2];
+};
+
+struct ethip_hdr {
+ struct uip_eth_hdr ethhdr;
+ /* IP header. */
+ u8_t vhl,
+ tos,
+ len[2],
+ ipid[2],
+ ipoffset[2],
+ ttl,
+ proto;
+ u16_t ipchksum;
+ u16_t srcipaddr[2],
+ destipaddr[2];
+};
+
+#define ARP_REQUEST 1
+#define ARP_REPLY 2
+
+#define ARP_HWTYPE_ETH 1
+
+struct arp_entry {
+ u16_t ipaddr[2];
+ struct uip_eth_addr ethaddr;
+ u8_t time;
+};
+
+struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr = {{UIP_ETHADDR0,
+ UIP_ETHADDR1,
+ UIP_ETHADDR2,
+ UIP_ETHADDR3,
+ UIP_ETHADDR4,
+ UIP_ETHADDR5}};
+
+static struct arp_entry arp_table[UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE];
+static u16_t ipaddr[2];
+static u8_t i, c;
+
+static u8_t arptime;
+static u8_t tmpage;
+
+#define BUF ((struct arp_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
+#define IPBUF ((struct ethip_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Initialize the ARP module.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_init(void)
+{
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+ memset(arp_table[i].ipaddr, 0, 4);
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Periodic ARP processing function.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * This function performs periodic timer processing in the ARP module
+ * and should be called at regular intervals. The recommended interval
+ * is 10 seconds between the calls.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_timer(void)
+{
+ struct arp_entry *tabptr;
+
+ ++arptime;
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+ tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+ if((tabptr->ipaddr[0] | tabptr->ipaddr[1]) != 0 &&
+ arptime - tabptr->time >= UIP_ARP_MAXAGE) {
+ memset(tabptr->ipaddr, 0, 4);
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+uip_arp_update(u16_t *ipaddr, struct uip_eth_addr *ethaddr)
+{
+ register struct arp_entry *tabptr;
+ /* Walk through the ARP mapping table and try to find an entry to
+ update. If none is found, the IP -> MAC address mapping is
+ inserted in the ARP table. */
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+
+ tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+ /* Only check those entries that are actually in use. */
+ if(tabptr->ipaddr[0] != 0 &&
+ tabptr->ipaddr[1] != 0) {
+
+ /* Check if the source IP address of the incoming packet matches
+ the IP address in this ARP table entry. */
+ if(ipaddr[0] == tabptr->ipaddr[0] &&
+ ipaddr[1] == tabptr->ipaddr[1]) {
+
+ /* An old entry found, update this and return. */
+ memcpy(tabptr->ethaddr.addr, ethaddr->addr, 6);
+ tabptr->time = arptime;
+
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If we get here, no existing ARP table entry was found, so we
+ create one. */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* First, we try to find an unused entry in the ARP table. */
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+ tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+ if(tabptr->ipaddr[0] == 0 &&
+ tabptr->ipaddr[1] == 0) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* If no unused entry is found, we try to find the oldest entry and
+ throw it away. */
+ if(i == UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE) {
+ tmpage = 0;
+ c = 0;
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+ tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+ if(arptime - tabptr->time > tmpage) {
+ tmpage = arptime - tabptr->time;
+ c = i;
+ }
+ }
+ i = c;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Now, i is the ARP table entry which we will fill with the new
+ information. */
+ memcpy(tabptr->ipaddr, ipaddr, 4);
+ memcpy(tabptr->ethaddr.addr, ethaddr->addr, 6);
+ tabptr->time = arptime;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * ARP processing for incoming IP packets
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * This function should be called by the device driver when an IP
+ * packet has been received. The function will check if the address is
+ * in the ARP cache, and if so the ARP cache entry will be
+ * refreshed. If no ARP cache entry was found, a new one is created.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * This function expects an IP packet with a prepended Ethernet header
+ * in the uip_buf[] buffer, and the length of the packet in the global
+ * variable uip_len.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_ipin(void)
+{
+ uip_len -= sizeof(struct uip_eth_hdr);
+
+ /* Only insert/update an entry if the source IP address of the
+ incoming IP packet comes from a host on the local network. */
+ if((IPBUF->srcipaddr[0] & uip_arp_netmask[0]) !=
+ (uip_hostaddr[0] & uip_arp_netmask[0])) {
+ return;
+ }
+ if((IPBUF->srcipaddr[1] & uip_arp_netmask[1]) !=
+ (uip_hostaddr[1] & uip_arp_netmask[1])) {
+ return;
+ }
+ uip_arp_update(IPBUF->srcipaddr, &(IPBUF->ethhdr.src));
+
+ return;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * ARP processing for incoming ARP packets.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * This function should be called by the device driver when an ARP
+ * packet has been received. The function will act differently
+ * depending on the ARP packet type: if it is a reply for a request
+ * that we previously sent out, the ARP cache will be filled in with
+ * the values from the ARP reply. If the incoming ARP packet is an ARP
+ * request for our IP address, an ARP reply packet is created and put
+ * into the uip_buf[] buffer.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * When the function returns, the value of the global variable uip_len
+ * indicates whether the device driver should send out a packet or
+ * not. If uip_len is zero, no packet should be sent. If uip_len is
+ * non-zero, it contains the length of the outbound packet that is
+ * present in the uip_buf[] buffer.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * This function expects an ARP packet with a prepended Ethernet
+ * header in the uip_buf[] buffer, and the length of the packet in the
+ * global variable uip_len.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_arpin(void)
+{
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if(uip_len < sizeof(struct arp_hdr)) {
+ uip_len = 0;
+ return;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_len = 0;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ switch(BUF->opcode) {
+ case HTONS(ARP_REQUEST):
+ /* ARP request. If it asked for our address, we send out a
+ reply. */
+ if(BUF->dipaddr[0] == uip_hostaddr[0] &&
+ BUF->dipaddr[1] == uip_hostaddr[1]) {
+ /* The reply opcode is 2. */
+ BUF->opcode = HTONS(2);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ memcpy(BUF->dhwaddr.addr, BUF->shwaddr.addr, 6);
+ memcpy(BUF->shwaddr.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+ memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+ memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, BUF->dhwaddr.addr, 6);
+
+ BUF->dipaddr[0] = BUF->sipaddr[0];
+ BUF->dipaddr[1] = BUF->sipaddr[1];
+ BUF->sipaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[0];
+ BUF->sipaddr[1] = uip_hostaddr[1];
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ BUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP);
+ uip_len = sizeof(struct arp_hdr);
+ }
+ break;
+ case HTONS(ARP_REPLY):
+ /* ARP reply. We insert or update the ARP table if it was meant
+ for us. */
+ if(BUF->dipaddr[0] == uip_hostaddr[0] &&
+ BUF->dipaddr[1] == uip_hostaddr[1]) {
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_arp_update(BUF->sipaddr, &BUF->shwaddr);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ return;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Prepend Ethernet header to an outbound IP packet and see if we need
+ * to send out an ARP request.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * This function should be called before sending out an IP packet. The
+ * function checks the destination IP address of the IP packet to see
+ * what Ethernet MAC address that should be used as a destination MAC
+ * address on the Ethernet.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * If the destination IP address is in the local network (determined
+ * by logical ANDing of netmask and our IP address), the function
+ * checks the ARP cache to see if an entry for the destination IP
+ * address is found. If so, an Ethernet header is prepended and the
+ * function returns. If no ARP cache entry is found for the
+ * destination IP address, the packet in the uip_buf[] is replaced by
+ * an ARP request packet for the IP address. The IP packet is dropped
+ * and it is assumed that they higher level protocols (e.g., TCP)
+ * eventually will retransmit the dropped packet.
+ *
+ * If the destination IP address is not on the local network, the IP
+ * address of the default router is used instead.
+ *
+ * When the function returns, a packet is present in the uip_buf[]
+ * buffer, and the length of the packet is in the global variable
+ * uip_len.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_out(void)
+{
+ struct arp_entry *tabptr;
+ /* Find the destination IP address in the ARP table and construct
+ the Ethernet header. If the destination IP addres isn't on the
+ local network, we use the default router's IP address instead.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ If not ARP table entry is found, we overwrite the original IP
+ packet with an ARP request for the IP address. */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Check if the destination address is on the local network. */
+ if((IPBUF->destipaddr[0] & uip_arp_netmask[0]) !=
+ (uip_hostaddr[0] & uip_arp_netmask[0]) ||
+ (IPBUF->destipaddr[1] & uip_arp_netmask[1]) !=
+ (uip_hostaddr[1] & uip_arp_netmask[1])) {
+ /* Destination address was not on the local network, so we need to
+ use the default router's IP address instead of the destination
+ address when determining the MAC address. */
+ ipaddr[0] = uip_arp_draddr[0];
+ ipaddr[1] = uip_arp_draddr[1];
+ } else {
+ /* Else, we use the destination IP address. */
+ ipaddr[0] = IPBUF->destipaddr[0];
+ ipaddr[1] = IPBUF->destipaddr[1];
+ }
+
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+ tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+ if(ipaddr[0] == tabptr->ipaddr[0] &&
+ ipaddr[1] == tabptr->ipaddr[1])
+ break;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ if(i == UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE) {
+ /* The destination address was not in our ARP table, so we
+ overwrite the IP packet with an ARP request. */
+
+ memset(BUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, 0xff, 6);
+ memset(BUF->dhwaddr.addr, 0x00, 6);
+ memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+ memcpy(BUF->shwaddr.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+
+ BUF->dipaddr[0] = ipaddr[0];
+ BUF->dipaddr[1] = ipaddr[1];
+ BUF->sipaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[0];
+ BUF->sipaddr[1] = uip_hostaddr[1];
+ BUF->opcode = HTONS(ARP_REQUEST); /* ARP request. */
+ BUF->hwtype = HTONS(ARP_HWTYPE_ETH);
+ BUF->protocol = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP);
+ BUF->hwlen = 6;
+ BUF->protolen = 4;
+ BUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_appdata = &uip_buf[40 + UIP_LLH_LEN];
+
+ uip_len = sizeof(struct arp_hdr);
+ return;
+ }
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ /* Build an ethernet header. */
+ memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, tabptr->ethaddr.addr, 6);
+ memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ IPBUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ uip_len += sizeof(struct uip_eth_hdr);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/** @} */
+/** @} */
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/uip_arp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \addtogroup uip
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \addtogroup uiparp
+ * @{
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+/**
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * \file
+ * Macros and definitions for the ARP module.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uip_arp.h,v 1.3.2.2 2003/10/06 15:10:22 adam Exp $
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ *
+ */
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#ifndef __UIP_ARP_H__
+#define __UIP_ARP_H__
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#include "uip.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * Representation of a 48-bit Ethernet address.
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+ */
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+struct uip_eth_addr {
+ u8_t addr[6];
+};
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+extern struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr;
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * The Ethernet header.
+ */
+struct uip_eth_hdr {
+ struct uip_eth_addr dest;
+ struct uip_eth_addr src;
+ u16_t type;
+};
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+#define UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP 0x0806
+#define UIP_ETHTYPE_IP 0x0800
+#define UIP_ETHTYPE_IP6 0x86dd
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/* The uip_arp_init() function must be called before any of the other
+ ARP functions. */
+void uip_arp_init(void);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/* The uip_arp_ipin() function should be called whenever an IP packet
+ arrives from the Ethernet. This function refreshes the ARP table or
+ inserts a new mapping if none exists. The function assumes that an
+ IP packet with an Ethernet header is present in the uip_buf buffer
+ and that the length of the packet is in the uip_len variable. */
+void uip_arp_ipin(void);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/* The uip_arp_arpin() should be called when an ARP packet is received
+ by the Ethernet driver. This function also assumes that the
+ Ethernet frame is present in the uip_buf buffer. When the
+ uip_arp_arpin() function returns, the contents of the uip_buf
+ buffer should be sent out on the Ethernet if the uip_len variable
+ is > 0. */
+void uip_arp_arpin(void);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/* The uip_arp_out() function should be called when an IP packet
+ should be sent out on the Ethernet. This function creates an
+ Ethernet header before the IP header in the uip_buf buffer. The
+ Ethernet header will have the correct Ethernet MAC destination
+ address filled in if an ARP table entry for the destination IP
+ address (or the IP address of the default router) is present. If no
+ such table entry is found, the IP packet is overwritten with an ARP
+ request and we rely on TCP to retransmit the packet that was
+ overwritten. In any case, the uip_len variable holds the length of
+ the Ethernet frame that should be transmitted. */
+void uip_arp_out(void);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/* The uip_arp_timer() function should be called every ten seconds. It
+ is responsible for flushing old entries in the ARP table. */
+void uip_arp_timer(void);
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/** @} */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uipconffunc
+ * @{
+ */
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Set the default router's IP address.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte array containing the IP address
+ * of the default router.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_setdraddr(addr) do { uip_arp_draddr[0] = addr[0]; \
+ uip_arp_draddr[1] = addr[1]; } while(0)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Set the netmask.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte array containing the IP address
+ * of the netmask.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_setnetmask(addr) do { uip_arp_netmask[0] = addr[0]; \
+ uip_arp_netmask[1] = addr[1]; } while(0)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Get the default router's IP address.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte array that will be filled in with
+ * the IP address of the default router.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_getdraddr(addr) do { addr[0] = uip_arp_draddr[0]; \
+ addr[1] = uip_arp_draddr[1]; } while(0)
+
+/**
+ * Get the netmask.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte array that will be filled in with
+ * the value of the netmask.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_getnetmask(addr) do { addr[0] = uip_arp_netmask[0]; \
+ addr[1] = uip_arp_netmask[1]; } while(0)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * Specifiy the Ethernet MAC address.
+ *
+ * The ARP code needs to know the MAC address of the Ethernet card in
+ * order to be able to respond to ARP queries and to generate working
+ * Ethernet headers.
+ *
+ * \note This macro only specifies the Ethernet MAC address to the ARP
+ * code. It cannot be used to change the MAC address of the Ethernet
+ * card.
+ *
+ * \param eaddr A pointer to a struct uip_eth_addr containing the
+ * Ethernet MAC address of the Ethernet card.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_setethaddr(eaddr) do {uip_ethaddr.addr[0] = eaddr.addr[0]; \
+ uip_ethaddr.addr[1] = eaddr.addr[1];\
+ uip_ethaddr.addr[2] = eaddr.addr[2];\
+ uip_ethaddr.addr[3] = eaddr.addr[3];\
+ uip_ethaddr.addr[4] = eaddr.addr[4];\
+ uip_ethaddr.addr[5] = eaddr.addr[5];} while(0)
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
+
+/** @} */
+
2010-04-09 13:44:47 +03:00
+/**
+ * \internal Internal variables that are set using the macros
+ * uip_setdraddr and uip_setnetmask.
+ */
+extern u16_t uip_arp_draddr[2], uip_arp_netmask[2];
+#endif /* __UIP_ARP_H__ */
+
+
2010-03-30 16:51:10 +03:00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/net/uip-0.9/uipopt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,557 @@
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipopt Configuration options for uIP
+ * @{
+ *
+ * uIP is configured using the per-project configuration file
+ * "uipopt.h". This file contains all compile-time options for uIP and
+ * should be tweaked to match each specific project. The uIP
+ * distribution contains a documented example "uipopt.h" that can be
+ * copied and modified for each project.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Configuration options for uIP.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ *
+ * This file is used for tweaking various configuration options for
+ * uIP. You should make a copy of this file into one of your project's
+ * directories instead of editing this example "uipopt.h" file that
+ * comes with the uIP distribution.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uipopt.h,v 1.16.2.5 2003/10/07 13:22:51 adam Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UIPOPT_H__
+#define __UIPOPT_H__
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipopttypedef uIP type definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The 8-bit unsigned data type.
+ *
+ * This may have to be tweaked for your particular compiler. "unsigned
+ * char" works for most compilers.
+ */
+typedef unsigned char u8_t;
+
+/**
+ * The 16-bit unsigned data type.
+ *
+ * This may have to be tweaked for your particular compiler. "unsigned
+ * short" works for most compilers.
+ */
+typedef unsigned short u16_t;
+
+/**
+ * The statistics data type.
+ *
+ * This datatype determines how high the statistics counters are able
+ * to count.
+ */
+typedef unsigned short uip_stats_t;
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptstaticconf Static configuration options
+ * @{
+ *
+ * These configuration options can be used for setting the IP address
+ * settings statically, but only if UIP_FIXEDADDR is set to 1. The
+ * configuration options for a specific node includes IP address,
+ * netmask and default router as well as the Ethernet address. The
+ * netmask, default router and Ethernet address are appliciable only
+ * if uIP should be run over Ethernet.
+ *
+ * All of these should be changed to suit your project.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * Determines if uIP should use a fixed IP address or not.
+ *
+ * If uIP should use a fixed IP address, the settings are set in the
+ * uipopt.h file. If not, the macros uip_sethostaddr(),
+ * uip_setdraddr() and uip_setnetmask() should be used instead.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_FIXEDADDR 0
+
+/**
+ * Ping IP address asignment.
+ *
+ * uIP uses a "ping" packets for setting its own IP address if this
+ * option is set. If so, uIP will start with an empty IP address and
+ * the destination IP address of the first incoming "ping" (ICMP echo)
+ * packet will be used for setting the hosts IP address.
+ *
+ * \note This works only if UIP_FIXEDADDR is 0.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_PINGADDRCONF 0
+
+#define UIP_IPADDR0 192 /**< The first octet of the IP address of
+ this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_IPADDR1 168 /**< The second octet of the IP address of
+ this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_IPADDR2 0 /**< The third octet of the IP address of
+ this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_IPADDR3 250 /**< The fourth octet of the IP address of
+ this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+
+#define UIP_NETMASK0 255 /**< The first octet of the netmask of
+ this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_NETMASK1 255 /**< The second octet of the netmask of
+ this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_NETMASK2 255 /**< The third octet of the netmask of
+ this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_NETMASK3 0 /**< The fourth octet of the netmask of
+ this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+
+#define UIP_DRIPADDR0 192 /**< The first octet of the IP address of
+ the default router, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_DRIPADDR1 168 /**< The second octet of the IP address of
+ the default router, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_DRIPADDR2 0 /**< The third octet of the IP address of
+ the default router, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_DRIPADDR3 1 /**< The fourth octet of the IP address of
+ the default router, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+
+/**
+ * Specifies if the uIP ARP module should be compiled with a fixed
+ * Ethernet MAC address or not.
+ *
+ * If this configuration option is 0, the macro uip_setethaddr() can
+ * be used to specify the Ethernet address at run-time.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_FIXEDETHADDR 0
+
+#define UIP_ETHADDR0 0x00 /**< The first octet of the Ethernet
+ address if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_ETHADDR1 0xbd /**< The second octet of the Ethernet
+ address if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_ETHADDR2 0x3b /**< The third octet of the Ethernet
+ address if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_ETHADDR3 0x33 /**< The fourth octet of the Ethernet
+ address if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_ETHADDR4 0x05 /**< The fifth octet of the Ethernet
+ address if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+#define UIP_ETHADDR5 0x71 /**< The sixth octet of the Ethernet
+ address if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR is
+ 1. \hideinitializer */
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptip IP configuration options
+ * @{
+ *
+ */
+/**
+ * The IP TTL (time to live) of IP packets sent by uIP.
+ *
+ * This should normally not be changed.
+ */
+#define UIP_TTL 255
+
+/**
+ * Turn on support for IP packet reassembly.
+ *
+ * uIP supports reassembly of fragmented IP packets. This features
+ * requires an additonal amount of RAM to hold the reassembly buffer
+ * and the reassembly code size is approximately 700 bytes. The
+ * reassembly buffer is of the same size as the uip_buf buffer
+ * (configured by UIP_BUFSIZE).
+ *
+ * \note IP packet reassembly is not heavily tested.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_REASSEMBLY 0
+
+/**
+ * The maximum time an IP fragment should wait in the reassembly
+ * buffer before it is dropped.
+ *
+ */
+#define UIP_REASS_MAXAGE 40
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptudp UDP configuration options
+ * @{
+ *
+ * \note The UDP support in uIP is still not entirely complete; there
+ * is no support for sending or receiving broadcast or multicast
+ * packets, but it works well enough to support a number of vital
+ * applications such as DNS queries, though
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Toggles wether UDP support should be compiled in or not.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_UDP 0
+
+/**
+ * Toggles if UDP checksums should be used or not.
+ *
+ * \note Support for UDP checksums is currently not included in uIP,
+ * so this option has no function.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS 0
+
+/**
+ * The maximum amount of concurrent UDP connections.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_UDP_CONNS 10
+
+/**
+ * The name of the function that should be called when UDP datagrams arrive.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_UDP_APPCALL udp_appcall
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipopttcp TCP configuration options
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Determines if support for opening connections from uIP should be
+ * compiled in.
+ *
+ * If the applications that are running on top of uIP for this project
+ * do not need to open outgoing TCP connections, this configration
+ * option can be turned off to reduce the code size of uIP.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN 1
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of simultaneously open TCP connections.
+ *
+ * Since the TCP connections are statically allocated, turning this
+ * configuration knob down results in less RAM used. Each TCP
+ * connection requires approximatly 30 bytes of memory.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_CONNS 10
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of simultaneously listening TCP ports.
+ *
+ * Each listening TCP port requires 2 bytes of memory.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_LISTENPORTS 10
+
+/**
+ * The size of the advertised receiver's window.
+ *
+ * Should be set low (i.e., to the size of the uip_buf buffer) is the
+ * application is slow to process incoming data, or high (32768 bytes)
+ * if the application processes data quickly.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW 32768
+
+/**
+ * Determines if support for TCP urgent data notification should be
+ * compiled in.
+ *
+ * Urgent data (out-of-band data) is a rarely used TCP feature that
+ * very seldom would be required.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_URGDATA 1
+
+/**
+ * The initial retransmission timeout counted in timer pulses.
+ *
+ * This should not be changed.
+ */
+#define UIP_RTO 3
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of times a segment should be retransmitted
+ * before the connection should be aborted.
+ *
+ * This should not be changed.
+ */
+#define UIP_MAXRTX 8
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of times a SYN segment should be retransmitted
+ * before a connection request should be deemed to have been
+ * unsuccessful.
+ *
+ * This should not need to be changed.
+ */
+#define UIP_MAXSYNRTX 3
+
+/**
+ * The TCP maximum segment size.
+ *
+ * This is should not be to set to more than UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - 40.
+ */
+#define UIP_TCP_MSS (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - 40)
+
+/**
+ * How long a connection should stay in the TIME_WAIT state.
+ *
+ * This configiration option has no real implication, and it should be
+ * left untouched.
+ */
+#define UIP_TIME_WAIT_TIMEOUT 120
+
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptarp ARP configuration options
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The size of the ARP table.
+ *
+ * This option should be set to a larger value if this uIP node will
+ * have many connections from the local network.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE 8
+
+/**
+ * The maxium age of ARP table entries measured in 10ths of seconds.
+ *
+ * An UIP_ARP_MAXAGE of 120 corresponds to 20 minutes (BSD
+ * default).
+ */
+#define UIP_ARP_MAXAGE 120
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptgeneral General configuration options
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The size of the uIP packet buffer.
+ *
+ * The uIP packet buffer should not be smaller than 60 bytes, and does
+ * not need to be larger than 1500 bytes. Lower size results in lower
+ * TCP throughput, larger size results in higher TCP throughput.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_BUFSIZE 1500
+
+
+/**
+ * Determines if statistics support should be compiled in.
+ *
+ * The statistics is useful for debugging and to show the user.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_STATISTICS 1
+
+/**
+ * Determines if logging of certain events should be compiled in.
+ *
+ * This is useful mostly for debugging. The function uip_log()
+ * must be implemented to suit the architecture of the project, if
+ * logging is turned on.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_LOGGING 0
+
+/**
+ * Print out a uIP log message.
+ *
+ * This function must be implemented by the module that uses uIP, and
+ * is called by uIP whenever a log message is generated.
+ */
+void uip_log(char *msg);
+
+/**
+ * The link level header length.
+ *
+ * This is the offset into the uip_buf where the IP header can be
+ * found. For Ethernet, this should be set to 14. For SLIP, this
+ * should be set to 0.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_LLH_LEN 14
+
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptcpu CPU architecture configuration
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The CPU architecture configuration is where the endianess of the
+ * CPU on which uIP is to be run is specified. Most CPUs today are
+ * little endian, and the most notable exception are the Motorolas
+ * which are big endian. The BYTE_ORDER macro should be changed to
+ * reflect the CPU architecture on which uIP is to be run.
+ */
+#ifndef LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 3412
+#endif /* LITTLE_ENDIAN */
+#ifndef BIG_ENDIAN
+#define BIG_ENDIAN 1234
+#endif /* BIGE_ENDIAN */
+
+/**
+ * The byte order of the CPU architecture on which uIP is to be run.
+ *
+ * This option can be either BIG_ENDIAN (Motorola byte order) or
+ * LITTLE_ENDIAN (Intel byte order).
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+/*#ifndef BYTE_ORDER*/
+#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
+/*#endif*/ /* BYTE_ORDER */
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptapp Appication specific configurations
+ * @{
+ *
+ * An uIP application is implemented using a single application
+ * function that is called by uIP whenever a TCP/IP event occurs. The
+ * name of this function must be registered with uIP at compile time
+ * using the UIP_APPCALL definition.
+ *
+ * uIP applications can store the application state within the
+ * uip_conn structure by specifying the size of the application
+ * structure with the UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE macro.
+ *
+ * The file containing the definitions must be included in the
+ * uipopt.h file.
+ *
+ * The following example illustrates how this can look.
+ \code
+
+void httpd_appcall(void);
+#define UIP_APPCALL httpd_appcall
+
+struct httpd_state {
+ u8_t state;
+ u16_t count;
+ char *dataptr;
+ char *script;
+};
+#define UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE (sizeof(struct httpd_state))
+ \endcode
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \var #define UIP_APPCALL
+ *
+ * The name of the application function that uIP should call in
+ * response to TCP/IP events.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \var #define UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE
+ *
+ * The size of the application state that is to be stored in the
+ * uip_conn structure.
+ */
+/** @} */
+
+/* Include the header file for the application program that should be
+ used. If you don't use the example web server, you should change
+ this. */
+#include "httpd.h"
+
+
+#endif /* __UIPOPT_H__ */
